Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Food Distribution / Performance Food Group Company

Performance Food Group Company

pfgc · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker pfgc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Performance Food Group Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021

ANNUAL REPORT

NET SALES = 
$30.4 BILLION
■ FOODSERVICE  ■ VISTAR

72

PERCENT 

28

PERCENT 

ADJUSTED EBITDA*
CAGR = 11.3 %

5
2
6
$

6
7
4
$

7
2
4
$

6
0
4
$

1
9
3
$

7
6
3
$

DEAR STOCKHOLDER

Fiscal 2021 will likely prove to be one of the most 
dynamic, challenging and exciting years in Perfor-
mance Food Group’s (PFG) history. Our organization 
faced external pressure and an operating backdrop 
that changed from minute to minute. But our company’s 
dedication to our customers never wavered. We began 
the fiscal year with depressed levels of sales and profit 
as recovery from the pandemic was just beginning. 
However, by the end of the year we were hitting record 
sales levels – an amazing accomplishment that reflects 
the passion our associates have for our business and 
those we serve. 

We also made progress on our long-term strategic 
vision by announcing the acquisition of Core-Mark – 
one of the country’s largest convenience store (c-store) 
distribution companies. We subsequently closed the 
transaction on September 1st and expect to be the 
second largest convenience store distributor in the 
United States. We are excited to welcome Core-Mark’s 
many talented associates to the PFG family.

While we were successfully building our business and 
servicing our customers, we took additional steps to 
move the organization forward. This included publish-
ing PFG’s first Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) report – an important milestone toward improv-
ing our company’s environmental and social impact. As 
part of these efforts, we hired our first Vice President of 
Diversity & Inclusion. PFG is also in the process of set-
ting specific climate goals. These goals will be included 
in our next ESG report, which will be published by the 
end of calendar 2021. 

Our business segments performed well and finished 
the year on a high note, achieving over $9.3 billion of 
net sales in the fiscal fourth quarter, including a 53rd 
week. This was a record amount for our company. 

Our fiscal 2021 financial results include: 

Total case volume growth of 15.4% 

  Net sales increased 21.2 % to $30.4 billion 

  Gross profit improved 22.9% to $3.5 billion 

  Net Income increased 135.7% to $40.7 million

  EBITDA increased 219.3% to $546.0 million 
1

  Adjusted EBITDA increased 54.2% to $625.3  
  million1

  Diluted Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) increased  

129.7% to $0.30 

Gross profit for fiscal 2021 increased 22.9% com-
pared to the prior year, to $3.5 billion. The gross profit 
increase was led by the acquisition of Reinhart and the 
53rd week in fiscal 2021. The acquisition of Reinhart 
contributed an increase in gross profit of $501.4 million 
for fiscal 2021, compared to the prior year. Also, gross 
profit increased due to an increase in gross profit per 
case driven by case growth in Foodservice, particularly 
in the independent channel. 

ACQUISITIONS & INTEGRATIONS

PFG has been a disciplined and proven acquirer over 
the past several years with a history of successful 
integrations. Despite the external challenges brought 
on by the pandemic, we continued along the path of 
integrating the Eby-Brown and Reinhart businesses 
into our organization. I am incredibly pleased with the 
results. Both Eby-Brown and Reinhart are now integral 
parts of our organization, thanks to a smooth transition 
into our company. 

In May 2021, we announced an agreement to acquire 
Core-Mark. We closed the transaction on Septem-
ber 1st, adding to PFG’s strong c-store distribution 
platform established with the purchase of Eby-Brown. 
The deal makes PFG the second largest convenience 
store distributor in the U.S. with approximately $44 
billion in annual pro-forma net sales. This acquisition 
increases our scale and geographic reach, adding ap-
proximately 41,000 additional c-store locations for us 
to service and to sell our diverse line of products. The 
transaction also takes PFG into our first international 
market, Canada. We are excited to bring the outstand-
ing leadership and expertise of Core-Mark to the PFG 
family of companies. 

CONTINUED GROWTH STRATEGY 

The COVID-19 pandemic continued to shape the 
world around us in fiscal 2021. However, PFG marched 
forward, shaping the future of our company. Our 
business continues to expand, both organically and 
through targeted acquisitions. This has resulted in 
increased scale and operational capabilities, which we 
have directed at servicing our customers and driving 
strong financial results. The integration of Reinhart pro-
gressed smoothly and the results from that transaction 
consistently exceed our expectations. The team is now 
working hard to integrate Core-Mark, which we believe 
is an important step in our strategic vision.

We continue to accelerate our ESG efforts and aim to 
be a leader in our industry on environmental, social 
and governance topics. All of these achievements 
could not have been possible without the hard work of 
our associates and support from stakeholders. We be-
lieve we have exited fiscal 2021 stronger than we were 
12 months ago and are excited for all that is in store for 
the year ahead.     

Best regards,

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

*Fiscal 2016 and 2021 include 
  a 53rd week.

1For reconciliation of non GAAP to  
 GAAP measures, see the Appendix.

Total case volume increased 15.4% in fiscal 2021. 
Excluding the 53rd week in fiscal 2021, case volume 
increased 13.0% compared to the prior year. Net sales 
for fiscal 2021 increased 21.2 % to $30.4 billion. The 
increase in net sales was primarily attributable to the ac-
quisition of Reinhart and the 53rd week in fiscal 2021, 
partially offset by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

George L. Holm
Chairman, President and CEO
October 7, 2021

 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

Form 10-K  

(Mark One)  
☒(cid:3) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934  

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021  

For the transition period from                      to                       
Commission File Number 001-37578  

Performance Food Group Company  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 
12500 West Creek Parkway 
Richmond, Virginia 23238 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

43-1983182 
(IRS employer 
identification no.) 

(804) 484-7700 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Trading Symbol(s) 
PFGC 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 

Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

 Large Accelerated Filer 

Non-accelerated Filer 

Emerging Growth Company 

☒(cid:3)

☐(cid:3)

☐(cid:3)

Accelerated Filer 

Smaller Reporting Company 

☐ 
☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 
☒  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒  
At December 26, 2020, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of common stock 

held by non-affiliates was $5,155,406,560 (based on the closing sale price of common stock on such date on the New York Stock Exchange).  

134,043,336 shares of common stock were outstanding as of August 11, 2021.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Schedule 14A relating to the 

Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on or about November 16, 2021, are incorporated by reference in response to Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of 
Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the 
Registrant’s fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.  

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ................................................................................. 

PART I............................................................................................................................................................................................. 

Item 1.  Business .................................................................................................................................................................... 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors .............................................................................................................................................................. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments..................................................................................................................................... 

Item 2. 

Properties .................................................................................................................................................................. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................................................................... 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ........................................................................................................................................... 

PART II ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 

Page  
1 

4 

4 

9 

22 

23 

24 

24 

25 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities ............................................................................................................................................................................................  

25 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data ......................................................................................................................................................................  

26 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............................................................  

27 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...........................................................................................................  

42 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................................................................

43 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...........................................................  

85 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures .....................................................................................................................................................................  

85 

Item 9B.  Other Information ...............................................................................................................................................................................  

86 

PART III ..........................................................................................................................................................................................  

87 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .................................................................................................................  

87 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation ................................................................................................................................................................

87 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ..........................................  

87 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...................................................................................  

87 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.............................................................................................................................................  

87 

PART IV .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................................ 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary ................................................................................................................................................ 

SIGNATURES ................................................................................................................................................................................ 

88 

88 

88 

93 

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K”) may contain “forward-looking 
statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those 
sections. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this Form 10-K, including statements concerning our 
plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, our results of operations, financial position, our 
business outlook, business trends and other information, and our proposed acquisition of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (the 
“Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition”) are forward-looking statements. Words such as “estimates,” “expects,” “contemplates,” “will,” 
“anticipates,” “projects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should” and variations of such words or similar 
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based 
upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections, and various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are 
inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections are expressed in good faith and we 
believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates 
and projections will result or be achieved, and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the 
forward-looking statements.  

There are a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause 
our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Such risks, uncertainties and 
other important factors that could cause actual results to differ include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and factors set forth 
under Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Form 10-K, as such risk factors may be updated from time to time in our periodic filings 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and also include 
the following:  
• 

the material adverse impact the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic has had, and is expected to continue to have, 
on the global markets, the restaurant industry, and our business specifically, including the effects on vehicle miles driven, 
on the financial health of our business partners, on supply chains, and on financial and capital markets; 

• 

competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully;  

•   we operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations;  
•   we may not realize anticipated benefits from our operating cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts;  
•  

our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation and deflation and other factors;  

•   we do not have long-term contracts with certain of our customers;  
• 

group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as 
members of these organizations;  
changes in eating habits of consumers;  
extreme weather conditions, including earthquake and natural disaster damage;  
our reliance on third-party suppliers;  
labor relations and cost risks and availability of qualified labor;  
volatility of fuel and other transportation costs;  
inability to adjust cost structure where one or more of our competitors successfully implement lower costs;  

• 

•  

• 

•  

• 

• 

•  we may be unable to increase our sales in the highest margin portion of our business;  
•  

changes in pricing practices of our suppliers;  

•  

• 

•  

•  

our growth strategy may not achieve the anticipated results;  

risks relating to acquisitions, including the risk that we are not able to realize benefits of acquisitions or successfully 
integrate the businesses we acquire;  

environmental, health, and safety costs;  

the risk that we fail to comply with requirements imposed by applicable law or government regulations or substantial 
changes to governmental regulations, including increased regulation of electronic cigarette and other alternative nicotine 
products; 

1 
1

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
• 

•  

•  

• 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a portion of our sales volume is dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products, sales of which 
are generally declining; 

if products we distribute are alleged to cause injury, or illness or fail to comply with governmental regulations, we may 
need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims; 

our reliance on technology and risks associated with disruption or delay in implementation of new technology;  

costs and risks associated with a potential cybersecurity incident or other technology disruption; 

product liability claims relating to the products we distribute and other litigation;  

adverse judgements or settlements or unexpected outcomes in legal proceedings;  

negative media exposure and other events that damage our reputation;   

decrease in earnings from amortization charges associated with acquisitions;  

impact of uncollectibility of accounts receivable;   
difficult economic conditions affecting consumer confidence;  

risks relating to federal, state, and local tax rules and changes to federal, state, or local tax regulations; 

increases in excise taxes or reduction in credit terms by taxing jurisdictions; 

the cost and adequacy of insurance coverage and increases in the number or severity of insurance and claims expenses; 

risks relating to our outstanding indebtedness; 

our ability to raise additional capital; and 

the following risks related to the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition: 

• 

• 

• 

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  
•  
•  

•  

the risk that, after the closing of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, U.S. antitrust authorities could continue to 
investigate the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition and challenge the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition; 

the possibility that certain conditions to the consummation of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition will not be 
satisfied or completed on a timely basis and accordingly the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition may not be 
consummated on a timely basis or at all; 

uncertainty as to the expected performance of the combined company following completion of the Proposed Core-
Mark Acquisition; 

the possibility that the expected synergies and value creation from the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition will not be 
realized or will not be realized within the expected time period; 

the risk that unexpected costs will be incurred in connection with the completion and/or integration of the Proposed 
Core-Mark Acquisition or that the integration of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (“Core-Mark”) will be more 
difficult or time consuming than expected; 

a downgrade of the credit rating of our indebtedness, which could give rise to an obligation to redeem existing 
indebtedness; 

potential litigation in connection with the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, which may affect the timing or 
occurrence of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition or result in significant costs of defense, indemnification and 
liability; 

the inability to retain key personnel; 

the possibility that competing offers will be made to acquire Core-Mark; 

disruption from the announcement, pendency and/or completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, including 
potential adverse reactions or changes to business relationships with customers, employees, suppliers or regulators, 
making it more difficult to maintain business and operational relationships; and 

the risk that, following the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, the combined company may not be able to effectively 
manage its expanded operations. 

We caution you that the risks, uncertainties and other factors referenced above may not contain all of the risks, uncertainties and 
other factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results, benefits or developments that 
we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our business in the 

2 
2

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
way expected. We cannot assure you (i) we have correctly measured or identified all of the factors affecting our business or the extent 
of these factors’ likely impact, (ii) the available information with respect to these factors on which such analysis is based is complete 
or accurate, (iii) such analysis is correct, or (iv) our strategy, which is based in part on this analysis, will be successful. All forward-
looking statements in this Form 10-K apply only as of the date of this Form 10-K or as of the date they were made and, except as 
required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new 
information, future developments or otherwise.  

3 
3

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
Item 1. Business  

PART I  

Performance Food Group Company (“we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” or “PFG”), through its subsidiaries, markets and 
distributes more than 250,000 food and food-related products from 107 distribution centers to over 250,000 customer locations across 
the United States. Our more than 23,000 employees serve a diverse mix of customers, from independent and chain restaurants to 
schools, business and industry locations, hospitals, vending distributors, office coffee service distributors, retailers, convenience 
stores, and theaters. We source our products from various suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing 
them access to our broad customer base. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we provide value-added services by 
allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, 
menu development, and operational strategy.  

On May 17, 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement and plan of merger pursuant to which the Company will acquire Core-

Mark in a stock and cash transaction. Under the terms of the transaction, which has been unanimously approved by the board of 
directors of each company, Core-Mark shareholders will receive $23.875 per share in cash and 0.44 shares of PFG common stock for 
each share of Core-Mark common stock. The transaction values Core-Mark at approximately $2.5 billion, including CoreMark’s net 
debt. The cash portion of the purchase price is expected to be financed with borrowing under the ABL Facility (as defined below 
under “- Financing Activities”). 

We believe that our short-term performance has been, and is expected to continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 

pandemic. In response to the rapid spread of COVID-19 across the country, federal, state, and local governments implemented 
measures to reduce the spread of COVID-19, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, shutdowns, 
and social distancing requirements. These measures adversely affected workforces, suppliers, customers, consumer sentiment, 
economies, and financial markets, and, along with decreased consumer spending, led to an economic downturn in many of our 
markets. 

As an essential element of the country’s food supply chain, the Company has continued to operate all of it distribution centers. 

Despite the Company’s continued operations, mandatory and voluntary containment measures in response to COVID-19 had, and 
continues to have, a significant impact on the food-away-from-home industry. Many restaurants have closed, are restricting the 
number of patrons they will serve at one time, or are only providing carry-out or delivery options. These restrictions have also 
impacted businesses throughout the economy, including theaters, retail operations, schools, and other businesses to whom we provide 
products and services, which collectively have adversely affected our results of operations, including significant decreases in sales. 
Despite these difficulties, we have taken steps to ensure a strong financial position, including steps to maintain financial liquidity, 
forging new customer relationships, supporting restaurant customers with the transition to higher volumes of take-out and delivery, 
and other means. 

Even as governmental restrictions are eased and economies gradually, partially, or fully reopen in certain states and markets, the 

ongoing economic impacts and health concerns associated with the pandemic, as well as the potential for restrictions being re-
implemented as COVID-19 cases rise, may continue to affect consumer behavior and spending in the channels we serve. The extent to 
which these changes will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of operations remains uncertain. 

Our Segments  

Foodservice. Foodservice offers a “broad line” of products, including custom-cut meat and seafood, as well as products that are 

specific to our customers’ menu requirements. Foodservice operates a network of 72 distribution centers, each of which is run by a 
business team who understands the local markets and the needs of its particular customers and who is empowered to make decisions 
on how best to serve them. This segment serves over 150,000 customer locations with over 185,000 food and food-related products.  

The Foodservice segment markets and distributes food and food-related products to independent restaurants, chain restaurants, 
and other institutional “food-away-from-home” locations. Independent customers, predominantly include family dining, bar and grill, 
pizza and Italian, and fast casual restaurants. We seek to increase the mix of our total sales to independent customers because they 
typically use more value-added services, particularly in the areas of product selection and procurement, market trends, menu 
development, and operational strategy and also use more of our proprietary-branded products (“Performance Brands”), which are our 
highest margin products. As a result, independent customers generate higher gross profit per case that more than offsets the generally 
higher supply chain costs that we incur in serving these customers. Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more 
locations and include fine dining, family and casual dining, fast casual, and quick serve restaurants, as well as hotels, healthcare 
facilities, and other multi-unit institutional customers. Our Foodservice segment’s chain customers include regional businesses 
requiring short-haul routes as well as national businesses requiring long-haul routes, including many of the most recognizable family 

4 
4

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
and casual dining restaurant chains. Sales to chain customers are typically lower gross margin but have larger deliveries than those to 
independent customers. 

We offer our customers a broad product assortment that ranges from “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and 

seafood), frozen foods, refrigerated products, and dry groceries to disposables, cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products 
used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer, we provide value-added services by enabling our customers to benefit 
from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of product selection and procurement, menu development, and 
operational strategy.  

Our products consist of Performance Brands, as well as nationally branded products and products bearing our customers’ 

brands. Our Performance Brands typically generate higher gross profit per case than other brands. Nationally branded products are 
attractive to chain, independent, and other customers seeking recognized national brands in their operations and complement sales of 
our Performance Brand products. Some of our chain customers, particularly those with national distribution, develop exclusive stock 
keeping units (“SKU”) specifications directly with suppliers and brand these SKUs. We purchase these SKUs directly from suppliers 
and receive them into our distribution centers, where they are mixed with other SKUs and delivered to the chain customers’ locations. 

Vistar. Vistar is a leading national distributor of candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, and other tobacco products to vending and 

office coffee service distributors, retailers, theaters, convenience stores, and hospitality providers. The segment provides national 
distribution of approximately 65,000 different SKUs of candy, snacks, beverages, and other items to over 100,000 customer locations 
from our network of 35 Vistar OpCos and 4 Merchant’s Marts locations.  

Vending operators comprise Vistar’s largest channel, where we distribute a broad selection of vending machine products to the 
operators’ depots, from which they distribute products and stock machines. Additionally, Vistar is a leading distributor of products to 
theater chains as well as in the office coffee service channel.  Vistar has successfully built upon our national platform to broaden the 
channels we serve to include convenience stores, hospitality venues, concessionaires, airport gift shops, college book stores, 
corrections facilities, and impulse locations in various brick and mortar big box retailers nationwide. Merchant’s Marts are cash-and-
carry operators where customers generally pick up orders rather than having them delivered. Vistar’s scale in these channels enhances 
our ability to procure a broad variety of products for our customers. Vistar OpCos deliver to vending and office coffee service 
distributors and directly to most theaters and some other locations. The distribution model also includes a “pick and pack” capability, 
which utilizes third-party carriers and Vistar’s SKU variety to sell to customers whose order sizes are too small to be served 
effectively by our delivery network. We believe these capabilities, in conjunction with the breadth of our inventory, are differentiating 
and allow us to serve many distinct customer types.  

The Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2021 or fiscal 2019. For 

fiscal 2020, one of the Company’s customers within the Vistar segment accounted for 10.2% of our total net sales.  

Suppliers 

We source our products from various suppliers and serve as an important partner to our suppliers by providing them access to 
our broad customer base. Many of our suppliers provide products to both reportable segments, while others sell to only one segment. 
Our supplier base consists principally of large corporations that sell their national brands, our Performance Brands, and sometimes 
both. We also buy from smaller suppliers, particularly on a regional basis, and particularly those that specialize in produce and other 
perishable commodities. Many of our suppliers provide sales material and sales call support for the products that we purchase.  

Pricing  

Our pricing to customers is either set by contract with the customer or is priced at the time of order. If the price is by contract, 
then it is either based on a percentage markup over cost or a fixed markup per unit, and the unit may be expressed either in cases or 
pounds of product. If the pricing is set at time of order, the pricing is agreed to between our sales associate and the customer and is 
typically based on a product cost that fluctuates weekly or more frequently.  

If contracts are based on a fixed markup per unit or pound, then our customers bear the risk of cost fluctuations during the 

contract life. In the case of a fixed markup percentage, we typically bear the risk of cost deflation or the benefit of cost inflation. If 
pricing is set at the time of order, we have the current cost of goods in our inventory and typically pass cost increases or decreases to 
our customers. We generally do not lock in or otherwise hedge commodity costs or other costs of goods sold except within certain 
customer contracts where the customer bears the risk of cost fluctuation. We believe that our pricing mechanisms provide us with 
significant insulation from fluctuations in the cost of goods that we sell. Our inventory turns, on average, every three-and-a-half 
weeks, which further protects us from cost fluctuations.  

5 
5

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
We seek to minimize the effect of higher diesel fuel costs both by reducing fuel usage and by taking action to offset higher fuel 
prices. We reduce usage by designing more efficient truck routes and by increasing miles per gallon through on-board computers that 
monitor and adjust idling time and maximum speeds and through other technologies. In our Foodservice and Vistar segments, we seek 
to manage fuel prices through diesel fuel surcharges to our customers and through the use of costless collars. As of July 3, 2021, we 
had collars in place for approximately 37% of the gallons we expect to use over the 12 months following July 3, 2021.  

Competition 

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other 

resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two large broadline distributors, Sysco, and US Foods, with national footprints. In 
addition, there are numerous regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other 
smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, 
overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies, and to assemble delivery networks for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do 
not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can 
offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing 
decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to fill orders 
completely and accurately and to provide timely deliveries.  

We believe we have a competitive advantage over regional and local broadline distributors through economies of scale in 
purchasing and procurement, which allow us to offer a broad variety of products (including our proprietary Performance Brands) at 
competitive prices to our customers. Our customers benefit from our ability to provide them with extensive geographic coverage as 
they continue to grow. We believe we also benefit from supply chain efficiency, including a growing inbound logistics backhaul 
network that uses our collective distribution network to deliver inbound products across business segments; best practices in 
warehousing, transportation, and risk management; the ability to benefit from the scale of our purchases of items not for resale, such 
as trucks, construction materials, insurance, banking relationships, healthcare, and material handling equipment; and the ability to 
optimize our networks so that customers are served from the most efficient distribution centers, which minimizes the cost of delivery. 
We believe these efficiencies and economies of scale will provide opportunities for improvements in our operating margins when 
combined with an incremental fixed-cost advantage.  

Seasonality  

Historically, the food-away-from-home and foodservice distribution industries are seasonal, with lower profit in the first and 

third quarters of each calendar year. Consequently, we typically experience lower operating profit during our first and third fiscal 
quarters, depending on the timing of acquisitions, if any. The impact of  the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a temporary 
disruption to historic seasonal trends. 

Trademarks and Trade Names  

We have numerous perpetual trademarks and trade names that are of significant importance, including West Creek, Silver 
Source, Braveheart 100% Black Angus, Empire’s Treasure, Brilliance, Heritage Ovens, Village Garden, Guest House, Piancone, 
Luigi’s, Ultimo, Corazo, Assoluti, Peak Fresh Produce, Roma, First Mark, and Nature’s Best Dairy. Although in the aggregate these 
trademark and trade names are material to our results of operations, we believe the loss of a trademark or trade name individually 
would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. The Company does not have any material patents or licenses.  

Human Capital Resources 

One of our primary strategies is to attract, train, develop, and retain talented individuals that feel empowered to fully contribute 

their diverse backgrounds, experiences, and innovative ideas to the success of the Company. We also recognize the importance of 
keeping our associates safe and healthy, as well as giving them a voice and listening to their concerns and suggestions.  Below, we 
discuss our efforts to achieve these objectives. 

Associates. As of July 3, 2021, our employee population (including employees of our consolidated subsidiaries) totaled 
approximately 23,000 full-time and part-time employees in the U.S. Of that total, approximately 99% were employed on a full-time 
basis, and approximately 66% were non-exempt, or paid on an hourly basis.  

Compensation and Benefits. We believe our base wages and salaries, which we review annually, are fair and competitive with 

the external labor markets in which our associates work. We offer incentive programs that provide cash bonus opportunities to 
encourage and reward participants for the Company’s achievement of financial and other key performance metrics and strengthen the 

6 
6

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
connection between pay and performance. We also grant equity compensation awards that vest over time through our long-term 
incentive plan to eligible associates to align such associates’ incentives with the Company’s long-term strategic objectives and the 
interests of our stockholders 

PFG also offers competitive benefits to its associates, including paid vacation and holidays, family leave, disability insurance, 

life insurance, healthcare, adoption assistance, tuition reimbursement, dependent care flexible spending accounts, a 401(k) plan with a 
company match, and an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Additionally, we offer an Employee Assistance Program (EAP) that includes 
professional support for associates to balance the stress of personal and professional demands at home, in the office, in distribution 
centers and on the road. 

Workforce Diversity. As a company we are committed to building an inclusive and equitable culture that embraces and 

celebrates our associates’ diverse backgrounds and unique lived experiences.  In fiscal 2021, we reinforced this commitment by hiring 
our first Vice President of Diversity & Inclusion (“D&I”).  She will build on this commitment to create a more diverse and inclusive 
work environment by implementing a thoughtful D&I framework that will include, among other things, a focus on clear leadership 
roles and accountability, new talent acquisition practices, employee communities, and inclusive performance management.  Our Chief 
Human Resources Officer currently provides quarterly updates to the Board and will continue to do so.  With five out of 11 Board 
leaders representing gender and ethnic diversity, our commitment to ensure workforce diversity is reflected at every level of the 
organization and connects to our social responsibility and business imperatives. 

Training and Development. We have a longstanding and robust training program that provides role-specific training and also 
offers management training to advance leadership skills used in our succession planning process. Our annual process identifies key 
contributors, high impact performers, and those we feel represent our top talent at various levels of leadership in the business. This 
process is used to select participants in our leadership program. We have also been an active participant with the Women’s 
Foodservice Forum (WFF) in leveraging their annual leadership conference and other events centered around developing women 
leaders in our industry. Additionally, our Foodservice segment has developed what we believe is an industry-leading sales training 
program that prepares our new sales associates for success while ensuring a more consistent, reliable, and positive customer 
experience. Finally, through our online learning platform we deliver a variety of required and optional on-demand learning modules 
that are linked to an associate’s role with the Company, including those modules tied to our Code of Business Conduct and 
anticorruption, which are completed annually by all associates. 

Health, Safety and Wellness. From a workplace safety standpoint, we focus on training, awareness, behavioral based work 
observation practices, and culture in our continuous effort to reduce workplace injuries and accidents. Our focus had a positive impact 
as we reduced our recordable injury rate in the workplace during fiscal 2021 by 3% as compared to the prior fiscal year, and we 
reduced road accidents per million miles driven by 20% during fiscal 2021 as compared to the prior fiscal year. We are always 
focused on the safety of our associates and have a strong emphasis on identifying and addressing the safety risks to and concerns of 
our associates. We acted quickly to develop and implement enhanced safety protocols to address the COVID-19 pandemic and protect 
the health and safety of our associates. 

Engagement. PFG works to build, measure, and sustain associate engagement through a variety of communications and 
activities. We participate in and celebrate industry efforts, such as the International Foodservice Distributors Association’s Truck 
Driving Championship and Truck Driver Hall of Fame, highlight locally and share internally and externally significant achievements 
for our warehouse associates, and honor the diversity of our associates, along with our customers and communities, by celebrating, 
among other things, heritage months. To measure associate engagement levels, PFG conducted its first enterprise-wide engagement 
survey in October 2020, with an overall response rate of 76%. We have parallel activities in progress to study and use the results of the 
survey for enterprise and more localized improvement efforts and are leveraging responses to help shape our diversity and inclusion 
strategy.  

Regulation  

Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the 

“USDA”), and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), which generally impose standards for product quality and 
sanitation and are responsible for the administration of bioterrorism legislation affecting the foodservice industry. These government 
authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, and labeling of our products. In 
2010, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act (the “FSMA”) was enacted. The FSMA requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, 
prevention-based controls across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides 
the FDA with mandatory recall authority. The FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous 
guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices, and other tasks. As a result, implementation of the legislation is 
ongoing and likely to take several years. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including 
those administered by the National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, 
including fish and shellfish. Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to 
periodic government agency inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal 

7 
7

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural 
products, governs our relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product 
shipments. We are also subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Our 
suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight.  

The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or 

criminal penalties or fines, mandatory or voluntary product recalls, warning or untitled letters, cease and desist orders against 
operations that are not in compliance, closure of facilities or operations, the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, 
permits, registrations, or approvals, or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions 
where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current 
or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.  

Our operations are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local laws and other requirements, including, employment practice 

standards for workers set by the U.S. Department of Labor, and relating to the protection of the environment and the safety and health 
of personnel and the public. These include requirements regarding the use, storage, and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and 
petroleum products, including food processing wastes, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, and worker safety and health 
practices and procedures. In order to comply with environmental, health, and safety requirements, we may be required to spend money 
to monitor, maintain, upgrade, or replace our equipment; plan for certain contingencies; acquire or maintain environmental permits; 
file periodic reports with regulatory authorities; or investigate and clean up contamination. We operate and maintain vehicle fleets, and 
some of our distribution centers have regulated underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum 
products. Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws that affect the composition and operation of our truck fleet, such as limits 
on diesel emissions and engine idling. A number of our facilities have ammonia- or freon-based refrigeration systems, which could 
cause injury or environmental damage if accidentally released, and many of our distribution centers have propane or battery powered 
forklifts. Proposed or recently enacted legal requirements, such as those requiring the phase-out of certain ozone-depleting substances 
and proposals for the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or replace equipment, or may increase our 
transportation or other operating costs. To date, our cost of compliance with environmental, health, and safety requirements has not 
been material. The discovery of contamination for which we are responsible, any accidental release of regulated materials, the 
enactment of new laws and regulations, or changes in how existing requirements are enforced could require us to incur additional 
costs or subject us to unexpected liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results 
of operations.  

The Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations. In addition, 
interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed in the U.S. Department of Transportation and other 
relevant federal and state agencies. Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also subject to federal and state 
regulations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements relating to our motor carrier 
operations. Failure to comply with the applicable motor carrier regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our 
operating permits.  

Available Information  

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC 

are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible 
through, our website for free via the “Investors” section at www.pfgc.com. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or 
accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference herein and is not 
part of this Form 10-K.  

Website and Social Media Disclosure  

We use our website (www.pfgc.com) and our corporate Facebook account as channels of distribution of company information. 

The information we post through these channels may be deemed material. Accordingly, investors should monitor these channels, in 
addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. In addition, you may automatically 
receive e-mail alerts and other information about PFG when you enroll your e-mail address by visiting the “Email Alerts” section of 
our website at investors.pfgc.com. The contents of our website and social media channels are not, however, a part of this Form 10-K.  

8 
8

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry  

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global markets, the restaurant industry, and our business specifically has had 
and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The COVID-19 global pandemic has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, and results of operations. Governmental authorities around the world have implemented measures to reduce the spread of 
COVID-19, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, shutdowns and social distancing requirements. 
These measures have adversely affected, and continue to adversely affect, workforces, suppliers, customers, consumer sentiment, 
economies, and financial markets, and, along with decreased consumer spending, have resulted in an economic downturn in many of 
our markets. 

As an essential element of the country’s food supply chain, the Company has continued to operate all of it distribution centers. 
Despite the Company’s continued operations, mandatory and voluntary containment measures in response to COVID-19 have had a 
significant adverse impact on the food-away-from-home industry, along with other businesses throughout the economy, including 
theaters, retail operations, schools, and other businesses to whom we provide products and services, which collectively have adversely 
affected our results of operations. 

At the end of fiscal 2020 through fiscal 2021, we saw the impact of COVID-19 in our operations, including significant decreases 

in sales. Although we believe we have taken prudent measures to maintain our financial liquidity and support our business, the 
impacts of COVID-19 have had, and are expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on numerous aspects of our business, 
financial condition and results of operations including, our growth, product costs, supply chain disruptions, labor shortages, logistics 
constraints, customer demand for our products and industry demand generally, consumer spending, our liquidity, the price of our 
securities and trading markets with respect thereto, and the global economy and financial markets generally.  While vaccination efforts 
have proved successful, we cannot predict the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic or future governmental regulations or legislation 
that may be passed as a result of ongoing or future COVID-19 outbreaks.  The continued impact of COVID-19 and the enactment of 
additional governmental regulations and restrictions may further adversely impact the global economy, the restaurant industry, and our 
business specifically, despite prior or future actions taken by the Company. 

Periods of difficult economic conditions and heightened uncertainty in the financial markets affect consumer confidence, 
which can adversely affect our business.  

The foodservice industry is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions. Deteriorating economic conditions and 
heightened uncertainty in the financial markets, such as those the global economy is currently facing as it recovers from the effects of 
the COVID-19 pandemic, negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending. The decline in spending resulting from 
the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic led to reductions in the frequency of dining out and the amount spent by consumers for food-
away-from-home purchases.  These conditions, in turn, negatively affect our results during such periods. The continuation of these or 
similar economic conditions in the future or permanent changes in consumers’ dining habits as a result of such conditions would likely 
negatively affect our operating results.  

We rely on third-party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.  

We obtain substantially all of our foodservice and related products from third-party suppliers. We typically do not have long-

term contracts with our suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can sometimes provide an advantage when dealing with suppliers, 
suppliers may not provide the foodservice products and supplies needed by us in the quantities and at the prices requested. Our 
suppliers may also be affected by higher costs to source or produce and transport food products, as well as by other related expenses 
that they pass through to their customers, which could result in higher costs for the products they supply to us. Because we do not 
control the actual production of most of the products we sell, we are also subject to material supply chain interruptions, delays caused 
by interruption in production, and increases in product costs, including those resulting from product recalls or a need to find alternate 
materials or suppliers, based on conditions outside our control. These conditions include labor shortages, work slowdowns, work 
interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of suppliers, weather conditions or more prolonged climate change, crop 
conditions, water shortages, transportation interruptions, unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs, competitive demands, 
contamination with mold, bacteria or other contaminants, and natural disasters or other catastrophic events, including, the outbreak of 
e. coli or similar food borne illnesses or bioterrorism in the United States. Additionally, our suppliers could be adversely impacted by 
the COVID-19 pandemic. If our suppliers’ employees are unable to work, whether because of illness, quarantine, limitations on travel 
or other government restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, or if or suppliers experience labor shortages, we could 
face shortages in the products we sell and our operations and sales could be adversely impacted by such future supply 
interruptions. Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of foodservice and related products as a result of any of the foregoing factors or 
otherwise could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other 

9 
9

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
distributors. Our inability to anticipate and react to changing food costs through our sourcing and purchasing practices in the future 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.   

We face risks relating to labor relations, labor costs, and the availability of qualified labor.  

As of July 3, 2021, we had more than 23,000 employees of whom approximately 1,200 were members of local unions associated 

with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters or other unions. Although our labor contract negotiations have in the past generally 
taken place with the local union representatives, we may be subject to increased efforts to engage us in multi-unit bargaining that 
could subject us to the risk of multi-location labor disputes or work stoppages that would place us at greater risk of being materially 
adversely affected by labor disputes. In addition, labor organizing activities could result in additional employees becoming unionized, 
which could result in higher labor costs. Although we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or work stoppages in recent 
history, and we believe we have satisfactory relationships with our employees, including those who are union members, increased 
unionization or a work stoppage because of our failure to renegotiate union contracts could have a material adverse effect on us.  

We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than in many 

other industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost for many of our 
customers in the U.S. food-away-from-home industry. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of 
increases in minimum wage requirements, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for our products.  

We rely heavily on our employees, particularly drivers, and any shortage of qualified labor could significantly affect our 

business. Our recruiting and retention efforts and efforts to increase productivity may not be successful and we could encounter a 
shortage of qualified labor in future periods. Any such shortage would decrease our ability to serve our customers effectively. Such a 
shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability. The COVID-
19 pandemic has impacted the Company’s ability to hire and retain qualified labor resulting in the payment of higher temporary 
contract labor costs. Additionally, if our employees are unable to work, whether because of illness, quarantine, limitations on travel or 
other government restrictions in connection with COVID-19, we could face additional shortages of qualified labor and higher labor 
costs.  

Further, we continue to assess our healthcare benefit costs. Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive 
healthcare benefits to our associates, significant increases in healthcare costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that 
our cost containment efforts in this area will be effective. Our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher minimum 
wage and benefit standards, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. If we are unable to raise our 
prices or cut other costs to cover this expense, such increases in expenses could materially reduce our operating profit.   

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.  

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. Certain of our competitors have greater financial and other 

resources than we do. Furthermore, there are two larger broadline distributors, Sysco, and US Foods, with national footprints. In 
addition, there are numerous regional, local, and specialty distributors. These smaller distributors often align themselves with other 
smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, 
overall purchasing power, cost efficiencies and to assemble delivery networks for national or multi-regional distribution. We often do 
not have exclusive service agreements with our customers and our customers may switch to other distributors if those distributors can 
offer lower prices, differentiated products, or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe that most purchasing 
decisions in the foodservice business are based on the quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to fill orders 
completely and accurately and provide timely deliveries. We cannot assure you that our current or potential, future competitors will 
not provide products or services that are comparable or superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving 
trends or changing market requirements. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against current 
and potential, future competitors, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, and loss of market 
share, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  

We operate in a low margin industry, which could increase the volatility of our results of operations.  

Similar to other resale-based industries, the distribution industry is characterized by relatively low profit margins. These low 

profit margins tend to increase the volatility of our reported net income since any decline in our net sales or increase in our costs that 
is small relative to our total net sales or costs may have a large impact on our net income. For example, the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic on our customers has resulted in a significant decline in organic case volume and net sales in certain of the channels we 
serve, and, as a result, the Company reported a lower net income for fiscal 2021 than it would have reported had there been no 
pandemic. 

10 
10

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
Cost inflation or deflation could affect the value of our inventory and our financial results.  

We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell plus a percentage markup. As a 
result, volatile food costs may have a direct impact upon our profitability. Our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods 
of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant or even increase. Prolonged periods 
of product cost inflation also may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings to the extent such product cost increases 
are not passed on to customers because of their resistance to higher prices. For example, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the 
economy has resulted in inflation of 4.6% for fiscal 2021, which has had, and could continue to have, an impact our product costs and 
profit margins. Furthermore, our business model requires us to maintain an inventory of products, and changes in price levels between 
the time that we acquire inventory from our suppliers and the time we sell the inventory to our customers could lead to unexpected 
shifts in demand for our products or could require us to sell inventory at lesser profit or a loss. In addition, product cost inflation may 
negatively affect consumer discretionary spending decisions within our customers’ establishments, which could impact our sales. Our 
inability to quickly respond to inflationary and deflationary cost pressures could have a material adverse impact on our business, 
financial condition, or results of operations.  

Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.  

Many of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements 

with these customers. Because such customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us, we cannot assure you that 
the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will remain constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain our 
existing customer base. Significant decreases in the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders or our inability to retain 
or grow our current customer base may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. As 
a result of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers, organic case volume declined substantially for the first nine 
months of fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year period. As restrictions eased during the end of fiscal 2021, we experienced rapid 
growth which resulted in an overall increase in organic case volume of 2.7% for fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. 

Group purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry and increase their efforts to add our customers as 
members of these organizations.  

Some of our customers, particularly our larger customers, purchase their products from us through group purchasing 

organizations (“GPOs”) in an effort to lower the prices paid by these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have experienced 
some pricing pressure from these purchasers. These GPOs have also made efforts to include smaller, independent restaurants. If these 
GPOs are able to add a significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced to lower the prices we charge these 
customers in order to retain their business, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. 
Additionally, if we are unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for our products to a level that is satisfactory to the GPOs, 
we may lose the business of those customers that are members of these organizations, which could have a material adverse impact on 
our business, financial condition, or results of operations  

Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations.  

Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion sizes, or a shift 
in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products. Consumer eating habits could be 
affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the health 
effects of consuming certain foods. If consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales 
of certain items in our product portfolio, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. 
Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. 

 Mandatory and voluntary containment measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted businesses throughout 

the economy, including theaters, retail operations, schools, and other businesses to whom we provide products and services, all of 
which has adversely affected our results of operations.  Despite easing of government restrictions and a gradual reopening of the 
economy, it is unclear if the recent, significant decline in the food away from home industry is temporary or the beginning of a long-
term transition. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and regulations that affect the 
ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our 
food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our 
food products, may be costly and time-consuming. Our inability to effectively respond to changes in food away from home consumer 
trends, consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits could 
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  

11 
11

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business or our customers’ businesses, which could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  

Many of our facilities and our customers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme and occasionally 
prolonged weather conditions, including hurricanes, blizzards, earthquakes, and extreme heat or cold. Such extreme weather 
conditions may interrupt our operations and reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities in such areas. 
Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, all of which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  

Fluctuations in fuel costs and other transportation costs could harm our business.  

The high cost of fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending and, as a result, reduce the 
frequency and amount spent by consumers within our customers’ establishments for food away from home. The high cost of fuel and 
other transportation related costs, such as tolls, fuel taxes, and license and registration fees, can also increase the price we pay for 
products as well as the costs incurred by us to deliver products to our customers. Furthermore, both the price and supply of fuel are 
unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and 
gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing 
countries and regions, regional production patterns, and environmental concerns. These factors, if occurring over an extended period 
of time, could have a material adverse effect on our sales, margins, operating expenses, or results of operations.  

From time to time, we may enter into arrangements to manage our exposure to fuel costs. Such arrangements, however, may not 
be effective and may result in us paying higher than market costs for a portion of our fuel. In addition, while we have been successful 
in the past in implementing fuel surcharges to offset fuel cost increases, we may not be able to do so in the future.  

In addition, compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations relating to carbon emissions and the effects 
of global warming can be expected to have a significant impact on our transportation costs and could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  

If one or more of our competitors implements a lower cost structure, they may be able to offer lower prices to customers and 
we may be unable to adjust our cost structure in order to compete profitably.  

Over the last several decades, the retail food industry has undergone significant change as companies such as Wal-Mart and 

Costco have developed a lower cost structure to provide their customer base with an everyday low-cost product offering. As a large-
scale foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. 
However, if one or more of our competitors in the foodservice distribution industry adopted an everyday low-price strategy, we would 
potentially be pressured to lower prices to our customers and would need to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. 
We may be unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in such an environment.  

If we fail to increase our sales in the highest margin portions of our business, our profitability may suffer.  

Distribution is a relatively low margin industry. The most profitable customers within the distribution industry are generally 

independent customers. In addition, our most profitable products are our Performance Brands. We typically provide a higher level of 
services to our independent customers and are able to earn a higher operating margin on sales to independent customers. Independent 
customers are also more likely to purchase our Performance Brands. Our ability to continue to penetrate this key customer type is 
critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of independent customers or decreases in our sales to 
independent customers or a decrease in the sales of our Performance Brands could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, or results of operations.  

Changes in pricing practices of our suppliers could negatively affect our profitability.  

Distributors have traditionally generated a significant percentage of their gross margins from promotional allowances paid by 

their suppliers. Promotional allowances are payments from suppliers based upon the efficiencies that the distributor provides to its 
suppliers through purchasing scale and through marketing and merchandising expertise. Promotional allowances are a standard 
practice among suppliers to distributors and represent a significant source of profitability for us and our competitors. Any change in 
such practices that results in the reduction or elimination of promotional allowances could be disruptive to us and the industry as a 
whole and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  

12 
12

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Our growth strategy may not achieve the anticipated results.  

Our future success will depend on our ability to grow our business, including through increasing our independent sales, 
expanding our Performance Brands, making strategic acquisitions, including the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, and achieving 
improved operating efficiencies as we continue to expand and diversify our customer base. Our growth and innovation strategies 
require significant commitments of management resources and capital investments and may not grow our net sales at the rate we 
expect or at all. As a result, we may not be able to recover the costs incurred in developing our new projects and initiatives or to 
realize their intended or projected benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results 
of operation. 

We may not be able to realize benefits of acquisitions or successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.  

From time to time, we acquire businesses that broaden our customer base, and/or increase our capabilities and geographic reach. 

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or to realize anticipated economic, operational, and other benefits and 
synergies in a timely manner, our profitability could be adversely affected. Integration of an acquired business may be more difficult 
when we acquire a business in a market in which we have limited expertise or with a company culture different from ours. A 
significant expansion of our business and operations, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and 
operational resources. Additionally, we may be unable to retain qualified management and other key personnel employed by acquired 
companies and may fail to build a network of acquired companies in new markets. We could face significantly greater competition 
from broadline foodservice distributors in these markets than we face in our existing markets.  

We also regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other companies. To the extent our future growth includes acquisitions, we 

cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any necessary financing for such acquisitions, consummate such potential acquisitions 
effectively, effectively and efficiently integrate any acquired entities, or successfully expand into new markets.  

Our earnings may be reduced by amortization charges associated with any future acquisitions.  

After we complete an acquisition, we must amortize any identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquired company 

over future periods. We also must amortize any identifiable intangible assets that we acquire directly. Our amortization of these 
amounts reduces our future earnings in the affected periods.  

Our business is subject to significant governmental regulation, and costs or claims related to these requirements could 
adversely affect our business.  

Our operations are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the USDA, and the FDA, which generally impose 

standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of recent bioterrorism legislation affecting the 
foodservice industry. These government authorities regulate, among other things, the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, 
advertising, and labeling of our products. The FSMA requires that the FDA impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across 
the food supply, further regulates food products imported into the United States, and provides the FDA with mandatory recall 
authority. Our seafood operations are also specifically regulated by federal and state laws, including those administered by the 
National Marine Fisheries Service, established for the preservation of certain species of marine life, including fish and shellfish. Our 
processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to periodic government agency 
inspections. State and/or federal authorities generally inspect our facilities at least annually. The Federal Perishable Agricultural 
Commodities Act, which specifies standards for the sale, shipment, inspection, and rejection of agricultural products, governs our 
relationships with our fresh food suppliers with respect to the grading and commercial acceptance of product shipments. We are also 
subject to regulation by state authorities for the accuracy of our weighing and measuring devices. Additionally, the Surface 
Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations, and interstate motor carrier 
operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state 
agencies. Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory requirements and oversight. We have expanded the product lines of our 
Vistar segment to include hemp-based CBD products authorized under the 2018 Farm Bill. Sales of certain hemp-based CBD products 
are prohibited in some jurisdictions and the FDA and certain states and local governments may enact regulations that limit the 
marketing and use of such products. In the event that the FDA or state and local governments impose regulations on CBD products, 
we do not know what the impact would be on our products, and what costs, requirements, and possible prohibitions may be associated 
with such regulations.  The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, 
administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or untitled letters; cease and desist 
orders against operations that are not in compliance; closure of facilities or operations; the loss, revocation, or modification of any 
existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals; or the failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in 
new jurisdictions where we intend to do business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 

13 
13

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future and we may incur material costs in our efforts 
to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls.  

In addition, our operations are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations in many areas of our business, 
such as, minimum wage, overtime, wage payment, wage and hour and employment discrimination, immigration, human health and 
safety and relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil, and 
water; the management and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes; employee exposure to hazards in the workplace; and 
the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other regulated materials. In the 
course of our operations, we operate, maintain, and fuel fleet vehicles; store fuel in on-site above and underground storage tanks; 
operate refrigeration systems; and use and dispose of hazardous substances and food wastes. We could incur substantial costs, 
including fines or penalties and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of any violations of 
environmental or workplace safety laws and regulations or releases of regulated materials into the environment. In addition, we could 
incur investigation, remediation, or other costs related to environmental conditions at our currently or formerly owned or operated 
properties. Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant U.S. and 
international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas 
emissions, especially diesel engine emissions, could impose substantial costs upon us. These costs include an increase in the cost of 
the fuel and other energy we purchase, and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles prematurely.  

Finally, following our acquisition of Eby-Brown Company LLC (“Eby-Brown”), a distributor of pre-packaged candy, snacks, 

specialty beverages and tobacco products in the convenience industry, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we became subject to 
legislation, regulation and other matters regarding the marketing, distribution, sale, taxation and use of cigarette, tobacco and 
alternative nicotine products. For example, various jurisdictions have adopted or are considering legislation and regulations restricting 
displays and marketing of tobacco and alternative nicotine products, requiring the disclosure of ingredients used in the manufacture of 
tobacco and alternative nicotine products, and imposing restrictions on public smoking and vaping. In addition, the FDA has been 
empowered to regulate changes to nicotine yields and the chemicals and flavors used in tobacco and alternative nicotine products 
(including cigars, pipe and e-cigarette products), require ingredient listings be displayed on tobacco and alternative nicotine products, 
prohibit the use of certain terms which may attract youth or mislead users as to the risks involved with using tobacco and alternative 
nicotine products, as well as limit or otherwise impact the marketing of tobacco and alternative nicotine products by requiring 
additional labels or warnings that must be pre-approved by the FDA. Such legislation and related regulation are likely to continue to 
adversely impact the market for tobacco and alternative nicotine products and, accordingly, our sales of such products. Likewise, 
cigarettes and tobacco products are subject to substantial excise taxes. Significant increases in cigarette-related taxes and/or fees have 
been proposed or enacted and are likely to continue to be proposed or enacted by various taxing jurisdictions within the U.S. These tax 
increases negatively impact consumption and may cause a shift in sales from premium brands to discount brands, illicit channels, or 
tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, as smokers seek lower priced options. Furthermore, taxing jurisdictions have the 
ability to change or rescind credit terms currently extended for the remittance of taxes that we collect on their behalf. If these excise 
taxes are substantially increased, or credit terms are substantially reduced, it could have a negative impact on our liquidity. 

A portion of our sales volume is dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products, sales of which are 
generally declining. 

Following the acquisition of Eby-Brown, a significant portion of our sales volume depends upon the distribution of cigarettes and 
other tobacco products. Due to increases in the prices of cigarettes, restrictions on cigarette manufacturers’ marketing and promotions, 
increases in cigarette regulation and excise taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, the rise in popularity 
of tobacco alternatives, including electronic cigarettes, other alternative nicotine products, and other factors, cigarette consumption in 
the United States has been declining gradually over the past few decades. In many instances, tobacco alternatives, such as electronic 
cigarettes, are not subject to federal, state, and local excise taxes like the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products. We 
expect consumption trends of legal cigarette products will continue to be negatively impacted by the factors described above. If we are 
unable to sell other products to make up for these declines in cigarette sales, our operating results may suffer. 

If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury or illness or fail to comply with governmental regulations, we may 
need to recall our products and may experience product liability claims.  

The products we distribute may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if they are alleged to 

cause injury or illness or if they are alleged to have been mislabeled, misbranded, or adulterated or to otherwise be in violation of 
governmental regulations. We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we consider not to meet our quality standards, 
whether for taste, appearance, or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. If there is any future product withdrawal that 
results in substantial and unexpected expenditures, destruction of product inventory, damage to our reputation, and lost sales because 
of the unavailability of the product for a period of time, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially 
adversely affected.  

14 
14

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
We also may be subject to product liability claims if the consumption or use of our products is alleged to cause injury or illness. 
While we carry product liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with 
product liability claims. For example, punitive damages may not be covered by insurance. In addition, we may not be able to continue 
to maintain our existing insurance, to obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or to secure additional coverage, 
which may result in future product liability claims being uninsured. If there is a product liability judgment against us or a settlement 
agreement related to a product liability claim, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely 
affected.  

We may be subject to or affected by product liability claims relating to products we distribute.  

We, like any other seller of food, may be exposed to product liability claims in the event that the use of products we sell causes 
injury or illness. While we believe we have sufficient primary and excess umbrella liability insurance with respect to product liability 
claims we cannot assure you that our limits are sufficient to cover all our liabilities or that we will be able to obtain replacement 
insurance on comparable terms, and any replacement insurance or our current insurance may not continue to be available at a 
reasonable cost, or, if available, may not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and 
insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us, but this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical 
matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by suppliers. If we do not 
have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, product liability relating to defective products could adversely affect 
our profitability.  

We rely heavily on technology in our business and any technology disruption or delay in implementing new technology could 
adversely affect our business.  

The foodservice distribution industry is transaction intensive. Our ability to control costs and to maximize profits, as well as to 

serve customers effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes. We rely 
on software and other technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers, to manage significant aspects 
of our business, including making purchases, processing orders, managing our warehouses, loading trucks in the most efficient 
manner, and optimizing the use of storage space. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could 
disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, causing our 
business and results of operations to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or 
interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security 
breaches, cyber-attacks, and viruses. While we have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives and disaster 
recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruption that could result in adverse effects on our 
operations and profits.  

Information technology systems evolve rapidly and in order to compete effectively we are required to integrate new 

technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing such 
competitors to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, this could have an adverse 
effect on our operations and profits.  

A cyber security incident or other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our relationships with 
customers.  

We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to 

manage or support virtually all of our business processes and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking, and other 
online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners, and customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity 
risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, and inadvertent release of information. Our business involves the 
storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including 
customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about us 
and our business partners. We have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and other cyber incidents, and, to date, 
interruption of our information technology networks, and systems have been infrequent and have not had a material impact on our 
operations.  However, because cyber-attacks are increasingly sophisticated and more frequent, our preventative measures and incident 
response efforts may not be entirely effective.  Additionally, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, a substantial portion of our corporate 
employees are working remotely using smartphones, tablets, and other wireless devices, which may further heighten these and other 
operational risks.  The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual 
property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely could 
result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and 
competitive disadvantage.   

15 
15

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of our 
business could reduce our profits or limit our ability to operate our business.  

In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be 
predicted. If any of these proceedings were to be determined adversely to us or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of 
money were to occur, it could materially and adversely affect our profits or ability to operate our business. Additionally, we could 
become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees; suppliers, customers, and other counterparties; our 
investors; or regulators. Any significant adverse judgments or settlements would reduce our profits and could limit our ability to 
operate our business. Further, we may incur costs related to claims for which we have appropriate third-party indemnity, but such third 
parties may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations.  

Adverse publicity about us, lack of confidence in our products or services, and other risks could negatively affect our 
reputation and affect our business.  

Maintaining a good reputation and public confidence in the safety of the products we distribute or services we provide is critical 

to our business, particularly to selling our Performance Brands products. Anything that damages our reputation, or the public’s 
confidence in our products, services, facilities, delivery fleet, operations, or employees, whether or not justified, including adverse 
publicity about the quality, safety, or integrity of our products, could quickly affect our net sales and profits. Reports, whether true or 
not, of food-borne illnesses or harmful bacteria (such as e. coli, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis, listeria, or 
salmonella) and injuries caused by food tampering could also severely injure our reputation or negatively affect the public’s 
confidence in our products. We may need to recall our products if they become adulterated. If patrons of our restaurant customers 
become ill from food-borne illnesses, our customers could be forced to temporarily close restaurant locations and our sales would be 
correspondingly decreased. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses, food tampering, or other health concerns, such as flu 
epidemics or other pandemics (including COVID-19), even those unrelated to the use of our products, or public concern regarding the 
safety of our products, can result in negative publicity about the foodservice distribution industry and cause our sales to decrease 
dramatically. In addition, a widespread health epidemic (such as COVID-19) or food-borne illness, whether or not related to the use of 
our products, as well as terrorist events may cause consumers to avoid public gathering places, like restaurants, or otherwise change 
their eating behaviors. Health concerns and negative publicity may harm our results of operations and damage the reputation of, or 
result in a lack of acceptance of, our products or the brands that we carry or the services that we provide.  

We have experienced losses because of the inability to collect accounts receivable in the past and could experience increases in 
such losses in the future if our customers are unable to pay their debts to us when due.  

Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency, and/or an inability to pay their debts to us 

as they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at all, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. It is possible that customers may contest their contractual 
obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies could further adversely affect our net sales 
and increase our operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt expense. In addition, even when our contracts with 
these customers are not contested, if customers are unable to meet their obligations on a timely basis, it could adversely affect our 
ability to collect receivables. Further, we may have to negotiate significant discounts and/or extended financing terms with these 
customers in such a situation. If we are unable to collect upon our accounts receivable as they come due in an efficient and timely 
manner, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.  

Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce our profitability.  

Our future insurance and claims expenses might exceed historic levels, which could reduce our profitability. We maintain high-
deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. The amount in excess of 
the deductibles is insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. We also maintain self-funded 
group medical insurance.  

We reserve for anticipated losses and expenses and periodically evaluate and adjust our claims reserves to reflect our 

experience. However, ultimate results may differ from our estimates, which could result in losses over our reserved amounts.  

Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims costs, it is possible 
that the amount of one or more claims could exceed our aggregate coverage limits. Insurance carriers have raised premiums for many 
businesses in our industry, including ours, and our insurance and claims expense could continue to increase in the future. Our results 
of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (1) total claims costs significantly exceed our 
coverage limits, (2) we experience a claim in excess of our coverage limits, (3) our insurance carriers fail to pay on our insurance 
claims, (4) we experience a claim for which coverage is not provided or (5) a large number of claims may cause our cost under our 
deductibles to differ from historic averages.  

16 
16

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Risks Related to the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition 

The Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is subject to conditions, some or all of which may not be satisfied, or completed on a 
timely basis. Failure to complete the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition could have material and adverse effects on us. 

The completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition remains subject to a number of conditions, including, the adoption of 

the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2021 (the “merger agreement”), by the Core-Mark stockholders, which make 
the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition and timing thereof uncertain. Also, either Core-Mark or we may terminate the 
merger agreement if the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition has not been consummated by February 17, 2022 (subject to an automatic 
extension to May 17, 2022, in certain circumstances), except that this right to terminate the merger agreement will not be available to 
any party whose failure to perform any obligation under the merger agreement has been the cause of, or the primary factor that 
resulted in, the failure of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition to be consummated on or before that date. 

If the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is not completed, our ongoing businesses may be materially and adversely affected and, 

without realizing any of the benefits of having completed the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, we will be subject to a number of 
risks, including the following: 

the market price of our common stock could decline; 

• 
•  we could owe substantial termination fees to Core-Mark under certain circumstances (as defined in the Proposed Core-Mark 

• 

Acquisition purchase agreement); 
if the merger agreement is terminated and our Board or the Core-Mark Board seeks another business combination, our 
stockholders cannot be certain that we will be able to find a party willing to enter into a transaction on terms equivalent to or 
more attractive than the terms that Core-Mark has agreed to in the merger agreement; 

•  we will be required to pay the costs relating to the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, such as legal, accounting, financial 

advisory and printing fees, whether or not the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is completed; and 
•  we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets or from our customers or employees. 

In addition, if the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is not completed, we could be subject to litigation related to any failure to 
complete the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition or related to any proceeding commenced against us to perform our obligations under 
the merger agreement. The materialization of any of these risks could adversely impact our ongoing businesses. 

Similarly, delays in the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition could, among other things, result in additional 
transaction costs, loss of revenue or other negative effects associated with uncertainty about completion of the Proposed Core-Mark 
Acquisition. 

The consummation of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition was subject to the expiration of the waiting period applicable thereto 

under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. The waiting period expired effective as of 11:59 p.m. EST on 
August 9, 2021, and accordingly, the applicable closing condition to the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition has been satisfied. On 
August 3, 2021, the FTC's Bureau of Competition of the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) announced that it was facing a 
substantial increase in merger filings that is straining the agency’s capacity to rigorously investigate deals within the HSR Act 
timelines, and therefore, the FTC would start issuing standard letters on deals where the agency did not have time to fully investigate. 
Consistent with this guidance from the FTC, PFG and Core-Mark received such a standard form letter on August 9, 2021, which 
states, among other things, that, although the waiting period would be expiring, the FTC’s investigation of the Proposed Core-Mark 
Acquisition remains open and ongoing. The letter states that the FTC may challenge transactions—before or after their consummation. 
The FTC had such ability prior to and independent of its announcement on August 3, 2021, that it would start issuing the standard 
letters described above. Accordingly, PFG believes that the letters they received do not change or expand the FTC’s ability under U.S. 
law to investigate and challenge the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition after expiration of the HSR Act waiting period and after 
consummation of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

We are subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is pending, 
which could adversely affect the business and operations of the combined company. 

In connection with the pendency of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, it is possible that some customers, suppliers and other 
persons with whom we have a business relationship may delay or defer certain business decisions or might decide to seek to terminate, 
change or renegotiate their relationships with us, as the case may be, as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, which could 
negatively affect our current or future revenues, earnings and cash flows, as well as the market price of our common stock, regardless 
of whether the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is completed. 

Under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company is subject to certain restrictions on the conduct of its business prior to 
completing the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, which may adversely affect its ability to execute certain of its business strategies, 

17 
17

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
including the ability in certain cases to enter into or amend contracts, acquire or dispose of assets, incur indebtedness or incur capital 
expenditures. Such limitations could adversely affect our businesses and operations prior to the completion of the Proposed Core-
Mark Acquisition. 

Each of the risks described above may be exacerbated by delays or other adverse developments with respect to the completion of 

the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

Uncertainties associated with the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition may cause a loss of management personnel and other key 
employees, and we may have difficulty attracting and motivating management personnel and other key employees, which 
could adversely affect our future business and operations. 

We are dependent on the experience and industry knowledge of management personnel and other key employees to execute our 
business plan. Our success after the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition will depend in part upon our ability to attract, 
motivate and retain key management personnel and other key employees. Prior to completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, 
current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their roles within the Company following the completion of the 
Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to attract, motivate or retain management personnel 
and other key employees. In addition, no assurance can be given that we will be able to attract, motivate or retain management 
personnel and other key employees to the same extent after the completion Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

We may be targets of securities class action and derivative lawsuits that could result in substantial costs and may delay or 
prevent Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition from being completed. 

Securities class action lawsuits and derivative lawsuits are often brought against public companies that have entered into merger 

agreements. Even if the lawsuits are without merit, defending against these claims can result in substantial costs and divert 
management’s time and resources. An adverse judgment could result in monetary damages, which could have a negative impact on 
our and Core-Mark’s respective liquidity and financial condition. Additionally, if a plaintiff is successful in obtaining an injunction 
prohibiting completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, then that injunction may delay or prevent the Proposed Core-Mark 
Acquisition from being completed, or from being completed within the expected timeframe, which may adversely affect our business, 
financial position and results of operation. 

Completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition may trigger change in control or other provisions in certain agreements 
to which Core-Mark or its subsidiaries are a party, which may have an adverse impact on our business and results of 
operations. 

The completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition may trigger change in control and other provisions in certain agreements 
to which Core-Mark or its subsidiaries are a party. If the Company and Core-Mark are unable to negotiate waivers of those provisions, 
the counterparties may exercise their rights and remedies under the agreements, potentially terminating the agreements or seeking 
monetary damages. Even if the Company and Core-Mark are able to negotiate waivers, the counterparties may require a fee for such 
waivers or seek to renegotiate the agreements on terms less favorable to Core-Mark or the combined company. Any of the foregoing 
or similar developments may have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations. 

After the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, we may be unable to successfully integrate the businesses and realize the 
anticipated benefits of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

The combination of two independent businesses is a complex, costly and time-consuming process. The success of the Proposed 
Core-Mark Acquisition will depend, to a large extent, on our ability to successfully combine Core-Mark, which currently operates as 
an independent public company, with our business and realize the anticipated benefits, including synergies, cost savings, innovation 
and operational efficiencies, from the combination. If we are unable to achieve these objectives within the anticipated time frame, or at 
all, the anticipated benefits may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected and the value of our 
common stock may be harmed. Additionally, as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, rating agencies may take negative 
actions against our credit ratings, which may increase our financing costs, including in connection with the financing of the Proposed 
Core-Mark Acquisition. 

18 
18

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
The Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition involves the integration of Core-Mark with our existing business, which is a complex, 
costly and time-consuming process. We have not previously completed a transaction comparable in size or scope to the Proposed 
Core-Mark Acquisition. The integration of Core-Mark into our business may result in material challenges, including, without 
limitation: 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

  the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns and performance shortfalls as a result of the 
devotion of management’s attention to the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition; 
  managing a larger company; 
  maintaining employee morale and attracting and motivating and retaining management personnel and other key 

employees; 

  the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying expectations regarding the integration process; 
  retaining existing business and operational relationships and attracting new business and operational relationships; 
  consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations; 
  coordinating geographically separate organizations; 
  unanticipated issues in integrating information technology, communications and other systems; 
  unanticipated changes in federal or state laws or regulations; and 
  unforeseen expenses or delays associated with the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

Many of these factors will be outside of our control and any one of them could result in delays, increased costs, decreases in the 

amount of expected revenues and diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially affect our financial position, 
results of operations and cash flows. 

We and Core-Mark have operated, and until completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition will continue to operate, 
independently. We and Core-Mark are currently permitted to conduct only limited planning for the integration of the two companies 
following the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition and have not yet determined the exact nature of how the businesses and operations of 
the two companies will be combined after the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. The actual integration may result in additional and 
unforeseen expenses, and the anticipated benefits of the integration plan may not be realized. 

The Company’s stockholders will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the completion of the Proposed Core-
Mark Acquisition and will exercise less influence over the policies of the combined company than they now have on the policies 
of the Company. 

The Company’s stockholders presently have the right to vote in the election of the PFG board of directors and on other matters 

affecting the Company. Immediately after the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, it is expected that current PFG 
stockholders will own approximately 87% of our outstanding common stock outstanding and current Core-Mark stockholders will 
own approximately 13% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, current PFG stockholders and have less influence on the 
policies of the combined company than they now have on the policies of PFG. 

Our future results may be adversely impacted if we do not effectively manage our expanded operations following the 
completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

Following the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, the size of our business will be significantly larger than it is 

currently. Our ability to successfully manage this expanded business will depend, in part, upon management’s ability to design and 
implement strategic initiatives that address not only the integration of two independent stand-alone companies, but also the increased 
scale and scope of the combined business with its associated increased costs and complexity. There can be no assurances that we will 
be successful or that we will realize the expected operating efficiencies, cost savings and other benefits currently anticipated from the 
Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

We expect to incur substantial expenses related to the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition and our integration 
of Core-Mark. 

We expect to incur substantial expenses in connection with the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition and the 

integration of Core-Mark’s business. There are a large number of processes, policies, procedures, operations, technologies and 
systems that must be integrated, including purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, payroll, pricing, revenue management, marketing 
and benefits. In addition, our and Core-Mark’s businesses will continue to maintain a presence in Richmond, Virginia and Westlake, 
Texas, respectively. The substantial majority of these costs will be non-recurring expenses related to the Proposed Core-Mark 
Acquisition (including financing of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition), facilities and systems consolidation costs. We may incur 
additional costs to maintain employee morale and to attract, motivate or retain management personnel and other key employees. We 
and Core-Mark will also incur transaction fees and costs related to formulating integration plans for the combined business, and the 

19 
19

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
execution of these plans may lead to additional unanticipated costs. Additionally, as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, 
rating agencies may take negative actions with regard to our credit ratings, which may increase our financing costs, including in 
connection with the financing of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. These incremental transaction and merger-related costs may 
exceed the savings the Company expects to achieve after the consummation of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition from the 
elimination of duplicative costs and the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, particularly in the 
near term and in the event there are material unanticipated costs. 

The market price of the Company’s common stock may decline as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

The market price of PFG common stock may decline as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, and holders of PFG 

common stock could lose the value of their investment in PFG common stock, if, among other things, we are unable to achieve the 
expected growth in earnings, or if the anticipated benefits, including synergies, cost savings, innovation and operational efficiencies, 
from the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition are not realized, or if the transaction costs related to the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition 
are greater than expected, or if the financing related to the transaction is on unfavorable terms. The market price also may decline if 
we do not achieve the perceived benefits of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by financial or 
industry analysts or if the effect of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows is 
not consistent with the expectations of financial or industry analysts. The issuance of shares of PFG common stock in the Proposed 
Core-Mark Acquisition could on its own have the effect of depressing the market price for PFG common stock. In addition, many 
Core-Mark stockholders may decide not to hold the shares of PFG common stock they receive as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark 
Acquisition. Other Core-Mark stockholders, such as funds with limitations on their permitted holdings of stock in individual issuers, 
may be required to sell the shares of PFG common stock they receive as a result of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. Any such 
sales of PFG common stock could have the effect of depressing the market price for PFG common stock. Moreover, general 
fluctuations in stock markets could have a material adverse effect on the market for, or liquidity of, the PFG common stock, regardless 
of our actual operating performance. 

We may not have discovered undisclosed liabilities of Core-Mark during our due diligence process. 

In the course of the due diligence review of Core-Mark that we conducted prior to the execution of the Proposed Core-Mark 

Acquisition, we may not have discovered, or may have been unable to quantify, undisclosed liabilities of Core-Mark and its 
subsidiaries. Examples of such undisclosed liabilities may include, but are not limited to, pending or threatened litigation or regulatory 
matters. Any such undisclosed liabilities could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and 
cash flows following the completion of the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness  

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to 
react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt, and 
prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.  

As of July 3, 2021, we had $2,544.2 million of indebtedness, including finance lease obligations. In addition, we had 

$2,252.0 million of availability under the ABL Facility after giving effect to $161.7 million of outstanding letters of credit and 
$55.1 million of lenders’ reserves under the ABL Facility. In connection with the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, we expect to incur 
approximately $1,440 million in additional indebtedness. 

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:  
• 

requiring us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, 
reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development activity, and other 
general corporate purposes;  
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments;  
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates to the extent our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;  

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with 
the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an 
event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness;  
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;  

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt 
service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and  

20 
20

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
• 

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a 
competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to 
take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.  

A substantial portion of our indebtedness is floating rate debt. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on such 

indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash 
available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. In addition, interest on the ABL Facility is calculated based 
on LIBOR. On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) announced that it will no longer require banks to 
submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. In the meantime, actions by the FCA, other regulators, or law enforcement 
agencies may result in changes to the method by which LIBOR is calculated. At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of any 
such changes or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the U.K. or elsewhere. 

We may elect to enter into interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to floating interest rates as described below under “—We 

may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our 
variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty creditworthiness or non-performance of 
these instruments.” However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any 
swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.  

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many 
factors, some of which are not within our control.  

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to 
generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and 
other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and to meet our other 
commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, or raise additional 
debt or equity capital. We may not be able to affect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, 
and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at a 
higher interest rate, and the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives. 
Our failure to make the required interest and principal payments on our indebtedness would result in an event of default under the 
agreement governing such indebtedness, which may result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.  

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, 
which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.  

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements 
governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number 
of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in 
compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.  

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our 
business.  

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness, including indebtedness incurred or to be incurred in connection with 

the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. 
These covenants limit the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;  
incur liens;  
make investments and loans;  
pay dividends, make payments, or redeem or repurchase capital stock;  
engage in mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, asset sales, and other dispositions (including sale leaseback transactions);  
amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness;  
enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions or containing negative pledge clauses;  
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;  
alter the business that we conduct;  

21 
21

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
• 

• 

change our fiscal year; or  
engage in any activities other than permitted activities.  

As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt 

or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness 
we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these 
covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.  

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross 

default provisions, and, in the case of our ABL Facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us.  

We may utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our 
variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of 
these instruments.  

We may enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments may 

result in economic losses should interest rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate commitments. We will be exposed to credit-
related losses, which could affect the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to 
a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

None.  

22 
22

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties 

As of July 3, 2021, we operated 107 distribution centers across our two reportable segments. Of our 107 facilities, we owned 57 
facilities and leased the remaining 50 facilities. Our Foodservice segment operated 72 distribution centers and had an average square 
footage of approximately 200,000 square feet per facility. Our Vistar segment operated 35 distribution centers and had an average 
square footage of approximately 200,000 square feet per facility.  

State 
Arkansas 
Arizona 
California 
Colorado 
Connecticut 
Florida 
Georgia 
Iowa 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Massachusetts 
Maryland 
Maine 
Michigan 
Minnesota 
Missouri 
Mississippi 
North Carolina 
Nebraska 
New Jersey 
Nevada 
Ohio 
Oregon 
Pennsylvania 
South Carolina 
Tennessee 
Texas 
Virginia 
Vermont 
Wisconsin 
Total 

   Foodservice     

Vistar 

Total 

1       
1       
4       
1       
—       
6       
3       
1       
2       
1       
3       
3       
3       
2       
1       
1       
3       
4       
1       
1       
1       
3       
-       
3       
1       
2       
2       
5       
5       
3       
2       
3       
72       

—       
1       
2       
1       
1       
2       
2       
-       
2       
1       
2       
—       
—       
—       
-       
3       
1       
1       
1       
2       
-       
2       
1       
2       
1       
2       
-       
1       
2       
—       
—       
2       
35       

1   
2   
6   
2   
1   
8   
5   
1   
4   
2   
5   
3   
3   
2   
1   
4   
4   
5   
2   
3   
1   
5   
1   
5   
2   
4   
2   
6   
7   
3   
2   
5   
107   

Our Foodservice “broad-line” customers are generally located no more than 200 miles from one of our distribution facilities, 

and national chain customers are generally located no more than 450 miles from one of our distribution facilities. Of the 72 
Foodservice distribution centers, 10 have meat cutting operations that provide custom-cut meat products and two have seafood 
processing operations that provide custom-cut and packed seafood to our customers and our other distribution centers. In addition to 
the 35 distribution centers operated by Vistar, Vistar has 4 cash-and-carry Merchant’s Mart facilities. Customer orders are typically 
assembled in our distribution facilities and then sorted, placed on pallets, and loaded onto trucks and trailers in delivery sequence. 
Deliveries are generally made in large tractor-trailers that we usually lease. We use integrated computer systems to design and track 
efficient route sequences for the delivery of our products.  

Our properties also include a combined headquarters facility for our corporate offices and the Foodservice segment that is 

located in Richmond, Virginia; a combined support service center and headquarters facility for Vistar that is located in Englewood, 
Colorado; and other support service centers and corporate offices located in the United States.  

23 
23

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

We are a party to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.  

While it is impossible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome of any of these proceedings, lawsuits, and claims, 
management believes that adequate provisions have been made or insurance secured for all currently pending proceedings so that the 
ultimate outcomes will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position. Refer to Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies 
within Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements for disclosure of ongoing litigation.  

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures  

Not Applicable  

24 
24

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
PART II  

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

Market and Price Range of Common Stock  

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PFGC.”  

Approximate Number of Common Shareholders  

At the close of business on August 11, 2021, there were approximately 222 holders of record of our shares of common stock. 
This stockholder figure does not include a substantially greater number of holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers 
and other financial institutions.  

Dividends  

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by 

covenants in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and may be further limited by the agreements governing other 
indebtedness we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future. See Part II, Item 7. — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities.” Any decision to declare and 
pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our 
results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may 
deem relevant. Because we are a holding company, and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds 
we receive from our subsidiaries.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities  

None.  

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer  

On November 13, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to $250 million of the 

Company’s outstanding common stock. The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be amended, 
suspended, or discontinued at any time. Repurchases under this program depend upon market place conditions and other factors, 
including compliance with the covenants under the ABL Facility and the indentures governing the Notes due 2024, Notes due 2025, 
Notes due 2027, and Notes due 2029 (each as defined under “- Financing Activities” below). The share repurchase program remains 
subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors. On March 23, 2020, the Company discontinued further purchases under the plan 
and, therefore, no shares were repurchased subsequent to this date. As of July 3, 2021, approximately $235.7 million remained 
available for additional share repurchases. 

25 
25

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Stock Performance Graph  

The performance graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock over the 
previous five fiscal years, with the cumulative total return for the same period of the S&P 500 index and the S&P 400 Midcap Index. 
Stock Performance Graph  
The graph assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and each of the indices as of the market close on July 1, 2016 and the 
reinvestment of dividends. Performance data for the Company, the S&P 500 index and the S&P 400 Midcap Index is provided as of 
The performance graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock over the 
the last trading day of each of our last five fiscal years. The stock price performance graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock 
previous five fiscal years, with the cumulative total return for the same period of the S&P 500 index and the S&P 400 Midcap Index. 
price performance.  
The graph assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and each of the indices as of the market close on July 1, 2016 and the 
reinvestment of dividends. Performance data for the Company, the S&P 500 index and the S&P 400 Midcap Index is provided as of 
the last trading day of each of our last five fiscal years. The stock price performance graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock 
price performance.  

Comparison of Shareholder Stock Return
July 1,2016 - July 2, 2021

Performance Food Group
S&P 500
S&P Mid Cap 400

$240
$220
$200
$180
$160
$140
$120
$100
$  80

Item 6. Selected Financial Data  
  7/1/16   

Reserved. 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

Reserved. 

$136
$130

$129

$149
$140

$130

$143
$115

$104

$116
$115

$102

$205

$181
$179

6/30/17   

6/29/18  

6/28/19  

6/26/20  

7/2/2021 

26 
26

26 

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the 

audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of 
this Form 10-K. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that 
reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in Item 1A. Risk 
Factors of this Form 10-K. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should 
carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Form 10-K.  

The following includes a comparison of our consolidated results of operations, our segment results and financial position for 
fiscal years 2021 and 2020. For a comparison of our consolidated results of operations, segment results and financial position for 
fiscal years 2020 and 2019, see Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 18, 2020. 

Our Company  

We market and distribute over 250,000 food and food-related products to customers across the United States from 

approximately 107 distribution facilities to over 250,000 customer locations in the “food-away-from-home” industry. We offer our 
customers a broad assortment of products including our proprietary-branded products, nationally branded products, and products 
bearing our customers’ brands. Our product assortment ranges from “center-of-the-plate” items (such as beef, pork, poultry, and 
seafood), frozen foods, and groceries to candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, and other tobacco products. We also sell disposables, 
cleaning and kitchen supplies, and related products used by our customers. In addition to the products we offer to our customers, we 
provide value-added services by allowing our customers to benefit from our industry knowledge, scale, and expertise in the areas of 
product selection and procurement, menu development, and operational strategy.  

The Company has two reportable segments: Foodservice and Vistar. Our Foodservice segment distributes a broad line of 
national brands, customer brands, and our proprietary-branded food and food-related products, or “Performance Brands.” Foodservice 
sells to independent and multi-unit “Chain” restaurants and other institutions such as schools, healthcare facilities, business and 
industry locations, and retail establishments. Our Chain customers are multi-unit restaurants with five or more locations and include 
some of the most recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains. Our Vistar segment specializes in distributing candy, 
snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products, and other items nationally to the vending, office coffee service, theater, retail, 
hospitality, convenience, and other channels. We believe that there are substantial synergies across our segments. Cross-segment 
synergies include procurement, operational best practices such as the use of new productivity technologies, and supply chain and 
network optimization, as well as shared corporate functions such as accounting, treasury, tax, legal, information systems, and human 
resources. 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30th. This resulted in a 53-week year for fiscal 2021 and a 52-

week year for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019. References to “fiscal 2021” are to the 53-week period ended July 3, 2021, references to 
“fiscal 2020” are to the 52-week period ended June 27, 2020, and references to “fiscal 2019” are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 
2019.  

Key Factors Affecting Our Business  

We believe that our short-term performance has been, and is expected to continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 

pandemic. 

In response to the rapid spread of COVID-19 across the country, federal, state, and local governments implemented measures to 

reduce the spread of COVID-19, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, shutdowns, and social 
distancing requirements. These measures adversely affected workforces, suppliers, customers, consumer sentiment, economies, and 
financial markets, and, along with decreased consumer spending, led to an economic downturn in many of our markets. 

As an essential element of the country’s food supply chain, the Company has continued to operate all of it distribution centers. 

Despite the Company’s continued operations, mandatory and voluntary containment measures in response to COVID-19 had a 
significant impact on the food-away-from-home industry. Many restaurants have closed, are restricting the number of patrons they 
will serve at one time, or are only providing carry-out or delivery options. These restrictions also impacted businesses throughout the 
economy, including theaters, retail operations, schools, and other businesses to whom we provide products and services, which 
collectively have adversely affected our results of operations.  

27 
27

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
During fiscal 2021, we continued to experience the adverse impact of COVID-19 on our operations, including significant 

decreases in sales. Despite these difficulties, we have taken steps to ensure a strong financial position, including steps to maintain 
financial liquidity, forging new customer relationships, supporting restaurant customers with the transition to higher volumes of take-
out and delivery, and other means.  

Even as governmental restrictions are eased and economies gradually, partially, or fully reopen in certain states and markets, the 

ongoing economic impacts and health concerns associated with the pandemic, as well as the potential for restrictions being re-
implemented as COVID-19 cases rise, may continue to adversely affect consumer behavior and spending in the channels we 
serve. The extent to which these changes will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of operations remains uncertain. 
For further discussion of this matter, refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in Part I of this Form 10-K. 

Despite the near-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that our long-term performance is principally affected by 

the following key factors:  

• 

• 

• 

Changing demographic and macroeconomic trends. Until recently, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the share of 
consumer spending captured by the food-away-from-home industry has increased steadily for several decades. The share 
increases in periods of increasing employment, rising disposable income, increases in the number of restaurants, and 
favorable demographic trends, such as smaller household sizes, an increasing number of dual income households, and an 
aging population base that spends more per capita at foodservice establishments. The foodservice distribution industry is 
also sensitive to national and regional economic conditions, such as changes in consumer spending, changes in consumer 
confidence, and changes in the prices of certain goods. 

Food distribution market structure. The food distribution market consists of a wide spectrum of companies ranging from 
businesses selling a single category of product (e.g., produce) to large national and regional broadline distributors with 
many distribution centers and thousands of products across all categories. We believe our scale enables us to invest in our 
Performance Brands, to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing and procurement, and to drive supply chain 
efficiencies that enhance our customers’ satisfaction and profitability. We believe that the relative growth of larger 
foodservice distributors will continue to outpace that of smaller, independent players in our industry.  

Our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and implement our initiatives. Our performance will continue to 
depend on our ability to successfully execute our segment strategies and to implement our current and future initiatives. 
The key strategies include focusing on independent sales and Performance Brands, pursuing new customers for both of 
our reportable segments, expansion of geographies, utilizing our infrastructure to gain further operating and purchasing 
efficiencies, and making strategic acquisitions. 

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business  

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures 

used by our management are discussed below. The percentages on the results presented below are calculated based on rounded 
numbers.  

Net Sales  

Net sales is equal to gross sales, plus excise taxes, minus sales returns; minus sales incentives that we offer to our customers, 

such as rebates and discounts that are offsets to gross sales; and certain other adjustments. Our net sales are driven by changes in case 
volumes, product inflation that is reflected in the pricing of our products, and mix of products sold. 

Gross Profit  

Gross profit is equal to our net sales minus our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold primarily includes inventory costs (net of 
supplier consideration) and inbound freight. Cost of goods sold generally changes as we incur higher or lower costs from our suppliers 
and as our customer and product mix changes.  

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA  

Management measures operating performance based on our EBITDA, defined as net income before interest expense, interest 
income, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not defined under accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America (“GAAP”) and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance, or liquidity presented in 
accordance with GAAP and is subject to important limitations. Our definition of EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled 
measures used by other companies. 

28 
28

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our performance. We use this measure to 
evaluate the performance of our segments and for business planning purposes. We present EBITDA in order to provide supplemental 
information that we consider relevant for the readers of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, and 
such information is not meant to replace or supersede GAAP measures. 

In addition, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income before interest expense, interest income, income 
and franchise taxes, and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain items that we do not consider part of our 
core operating results. Such adjustments include certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction, and other adjustment items 
permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our ABL Facility and indentures (other than certain pro forma adjustments 
permitted under our ABL Facility and indentures governing the Notes due 2024, Notes due 2025, Notes due 2027, and Notes due 2029 
relating to the Adjusted EBITDA contribution of acquired entities or businesses prior to the acquisition date). Under our ABL Facility 
and indentures, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments, 
and making restricted payments is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in our ABL Facility and indentures). Our 
definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.  

Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP and is subject to important limitations. We believe that the presentation of 

Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties, 
including our lenders under the ABL Facility and holders of our Notes due 2024, Notes due 2025, Notes due 2027, and Notes due 
2029, in their evaluation of the operating performance of companies in industries similar to ours. In addition, targets based on 
Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures we use to evaluate our management’s performance for purposes of determining their 
compensation under our incentive plans. 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or 

as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:  

•  

•  

•  

• 

exclude certain tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;  

do not reflect any cash capital expenditure requirements for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may have to 
be replaced in the future;  
do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and  
do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service our debt.  

In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring, and other items as permitted or required by our 

ABL Facility and indentures. Adjusted EBITDA among other things:  

•  

•  

does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges; and 

does not include acquisition, restructuring, and other costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance our 
operations. 

We have included the calculations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented.  

29 
29

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
Results of Operations, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA  

The following table sets forth a summary of our results of operations, EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated 

(dollars in millions, except per share data):  

Fiscal Year Ended 

Fiscal 2021 

Fiscal 2020 

Net sales 
Cost of goods sold 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses 
Operating profit (loss) 
Other expense, net 
Interest expense 
Other, net 
Other expense, net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Weighted-average common shares 
outstanding: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings (loss) per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

   July 3, 2021       June 27, 2020       June 29, 2019       Change 
  $  30,398.9      $  25,086.3     $  19,743.5     $ 5,312.6       
     26,873.7         22,217.1        17,230.5        4,656.6       
656.0       
     3,525.2        
356.3       
     3,324.5        
299.7       
200.7        

2,869.2       
2,968.2       
(99.0 )     

2,513.0       
2,229.7       
283.3       

      % 

      Change        % 

21.2   
21.0   
22.9   
12.0   
302.7   

    5,342.8        
    4,986.6        
     356.2        
     738.5        
     (382.3 )      

27.1   
28.9   
14.2   
33.1   
(134.9 ) 

152.4        
(6.4 )      
146.0        
54.7        
14.0        
40.7      $ 
546.0      $ 
625.3      $ 

116.9       
6.3       
123.2       
(222.2 )     
(108.1 )     
(114.1 )   $ 
171.0     $ 
405.5     $ 

35.5       
65.4       
(12.7 )     
(0.4 )     
22.8       
65.0       
276.9       
218.3       
122.1       
51.5       
166.8     $  154.8       
438.7     $  375.0       
475.5     $  219.8       

30.4   
(201.6 )      
18.5   
124.6   
113.0   
135.7   
219.3   
54.2   

78.7   
51.5        
6.7         1,675.0   
89.5   
58.2        
(201.8 ) 
     (440.5 )      
(309.9 ) 
     (159.6 )      
(168.4 ) 
     (280.9 )      
(61.0 ) 
     (267.7 )      
(14.7 ) 
(70.0 )      

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

132.1        
133.4        

113.0       
113.0       

103.8       
105.2       

19.1       
20.4       

16.9   
18.1   

9.2        
7.8        

8.9   
7.4   

  $ 
  $ 

0.31      $ 
0.30      $ 

(1.01 )   $ 
(1.01 )   $ 

1.61     $ 
1.59     $ 

1.32       
1.31       

130.7   
129.7   

  $ 
  $ 

(2.62 )      
(2.60 )      

(162.7 ) 
(163.5 ) 

We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is net income. The following 

table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:  

Net income (loss) 

  $ 

Interest expense 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Depreciation 
Amortization of intangible assets 

EBITDA 

Non-cash items (1) 
Acquisition, integration and 
reorganization (2) 
Productivity initiatives and other 
adjustment items (3) 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Fiscal Year Ended 

July 3, 2021 

     June 27, 2020 
(In millions) 

     June 29, 2019 

40.7     $ 
152.4       
14.0       
213.9       
125.0       
546.0       
64.9       

(114.1 )   $ 
116.9       
(108.1 )     
178.5       
97.8       
171.0       
24.8       

166.8   
65.4   
51.5   
116.2   
38.8   
438.7   
19.8   

16.2       

182.8       

11.8   

  $ 

(1.8 )     
625.3     $ 

26.9       
405.5     $ 

5.2   
475.5   

(1) 

Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-
based compensation cost was $25.4 million, $17.9 million and $15.7 million for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, 
respectively. In addition, this includes increases in the last-in-first-out (“LIFO”) reserve of $11.8 million for Foodservice and 
$24.6 million for Vistar for fiscal 2021 compared to increases of $0.8 million for Foodservice and $3.1 million for Vistar for 
fiscal 2020 and an increase of $3.4 million for Foodservice and no change for Vistar for fiscal 2019. 

(2) 

Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our 
facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees and offering fees. Fiscal 2020 includes $108.6 million of contingent consideration 

30 
30

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
    
         
        
        
        
    
    
         
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
         
        
        
        
    
    
         
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
         
        
        
        
    
    
         
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
accretion expense related to the acquisition of Eby-Brown and $9.3 million of costs related to information technology projects 
the Company is no longer pursuing as a result of the acquisition of Reinhart Foodservice L.L.C. (“Reinhart”).  

(3)  Consists primarily of amounts related to fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, legal 

settlements and franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our ABL Facility. This line item includes 
development costs of $5.8 million for fiscal 2020 related to certain productivity initiatives the Company is no longer pursuing as 
a result of the Reinhart acquisition.   

Consolidated Results of Operations  

Fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2020  
Net Sales  

Net sales growth is primarily a function of case growth, pricing (which is primarily based on product inflation/deflation), and a 

changing mix of customers, channels, and product categories sold. Net sales increased $5,312.6 million, or 21.2%, in fiscal 2021 
compared to fiscal 2020. The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to the acquisition of Reinhart on December 31, 2019, 
along with the 53rd week in fiscal year 2021. Net sales for the extra week in fiscal 2021 were approximately $664.6 million. The 
acquisition of Reinhart contributed $6,049.3 million of net sales in fiscal 2021, compared to $2,525.0 million in fiscal 2020.  

Case volume increased 15.4% in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Excluding the impact of the 53rd week in fiscal 2021, case 
volume increased 13.0% compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of the Reinhart acquisition for the first half of fiscal 2021, 
organic case volume increased 2.7% in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. 

Gross Profit  

Gross profit increased $656.0 million, or 22.9%, for fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. The increase in gross profit was 
primarily driven by the acquisition of Reinhart and the 53rd week in fiscal 2021. The acquisition of Reinhart contributed an increase in 
gross profit of  $501.4 million for fiscal 2021, compared to the prior year. Also, gross profit increased due to an increase in the gross 
profit per case driven by case growth in Foodservice, particularly in the independent channel. Independent customers typically receive 
more services from us, cost more to serve, and pay a higher gross profit per case than other customers. The Company estimates the 
increase in gross profit for the extra week in fiscal 2021 was approximately $76.1 million. 

Additionally, for fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a total of $36.9 million of inventory write-offs primarily as a result of the 
impact of COVID-19 on our operations, compared to $54.5 million for fiscal 2020. This decrease was primarily a result of the recent 
improvements in economic conditions. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 11.6% for fiscal 2021 compared to 11.4% for 
fiscal 2020.   

Operating Expenses  

Operating expenses increased $356.3 million, or 12.0%, for fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. The increase in operating 
expenses was primarily driven by the acquisition of Reinhart and the 53rd week in fiscal 2021. Reinhart contributed an additional 
$315.6 million of operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, for fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. The 
Company estimates operating expenses for the 53rd week in fiscal 2021 was approximately $70.4 million. 

Excluding the impact of Reinhart and the 53rd week in fiscal 2021, operating expenses decreased as a result of a decrease in 

contingent consideration accretion expense of $109.7 million, professional fees of $28.4 million, and insurance expense of $6.2 
million. Additionally, in fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a benefit of $24.9 million related to reserves related to expected credit 
losses for customer receivables, as compared to bad debt expense of $78.0 million in the prior year. These decreases were partially 
offset by a $78.6 million increase in bonus expense for fiscal 2021, along with increases in other personnel expenses and the increase 
in case volume and the resulting impact on variable operational and selling expenses in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year period. 

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets increased from $276.3 million in fiscal 2020 to $338.9 million in fiscal 2021, 
an increase of 22.7%. This increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Reinhart. Total depreciation and amortization related 
to the 53rd week in fiscal 2021 was approximately $6.6 million.   

Net Income (Loss)   

Net income was $40.7 million for fiscal 2021, as compared to a net loss of $114.1 million for fiscal 2020. This increase in net 

income was attributable to the $299.7 million increase in operating profit, partially offset by increases in interest expense and income 
tax expense. The increase in interest expense was primarily the result of an increase in average borrowings outstanding along with a 
higher average interest rate during fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020.   

31 
31

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
The Company reported income tax expense of $14.0 million for fiscal 2021 compared to an income tax benefit of $108.1 million 

for fiscal 2020. Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2021 was 25.6% compared to 48.6% in fiscal 2020. The effective tax rate for fiscal 
2021 decreased from the prior year period primarily due to state taxes, stock compensation, and discrete items as a percentage of book 
income, which is significantly higher than the book income for fiscal 2020. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2020 was impacted by the 
$46.3 million benefit from a federal net operating loss carryback to tax years with a statutory tax rate higher than the current statutory 
tax rate. 

Segment Results  

We have two reportable segments as described above – Foodservice and Vistar. Management evaluates the performance of these 

segments based various operating and financial metrics, including their respective sales growth and EBITDA.  

Corporate & All Other is comprised of unallocated corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate 

reportable segments based on their size. This includes the operations of our internal logistics unit responsible for managing and 
allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense.  

The following tables set forth net sales and EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated (dollars in millions):  

Net Sales  

Foodservice 
Vistar 
Corporate & All Other 
Intersegment Eliminations 
Total net sales 

EBITDA  

Foodservice 
Vistar 
Corporate & All Other 
Total EBITDA 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Fiscal 2021 

Fiscal 2020 

   July 3, 2021 
  $ 

      June 27, 2020        June 29, 2019        Change 

21,890.0     $ 
8,496.7       
418.3       
(406.1 )     
30,398.9     $ 

16,740.5     $ 
8,339.4       
345.8       
(339.4 )     
25,086.3     $ 

15,095.1     $  5,149.5       
157.3       
4,641.8       
72.5       
291.6       
(66.7 )     
(285.0 )     
19,743.5     $  5,312.6       

% 

      Change 
30.8     $  1,645.4       
1.9        3,697.6       
54.2       
21.0       
(54.4 )     
(19.7 )     
21.2     $  5,342.8       

% 

10.9   
79.7   
18.6   
(19.1 ) 
27.1   

  $ 

   July 3, 2021 
  $ 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Fiscal 2021 

Fiscal 2020 

      June 27, 2020        June 29, 2019        Change 

% 

      Change 

658.9     $ 
93.4       
(206.3 )     
546.0     $ 

336.3     $ 
38.5       
(203.8 )     
171.0     $ 

428.0     $ 
165.6       
(154.9 )     
438.7     $ 

322.6       
54.9       
(2.5 )     
375.0       

95.9     $ 
142.6       
(1.2 )     
219.3     $ 

(91.7 )     
(127.1 )     
(48.9 )     
(267.7 )     

  $ 

% 
(21.4 ) 
(76.8 ) 
(31.6 ) 
(61.0 ) 

Segment Results—Foodservice  

Fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2020  
Net Sales  

Net sales for Foodservice increased $5,149.5 million, or 30.8%, from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021. The increase in net sales was 
driven by the Reinhart acquisition and an increase in selling price per case as a result of inflation, as well as the 53rd week in fiscal 
2021. Net sales for the extra week in fiscal 2021 were approximately $484.3 million. Reinhart contributed $6,049.3 million of net 
sales during fiscal 2021 compared to $2,525.0 million in fiscal 2020. The Reinhart acquisition also expanded business with 
independent customers, resulting in independent case growth of approximately 31.6% in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year.  
Excluding the impact of Reinhart, independent cases grew 12.6% in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year, as a result of securing new 
and expanding business with independent customers. For fiscal 2021, independent sales as a percentage of total segment sales were 
35.5%.  

EBITDA  

EBITDA for Foodservice increased $322.6 million, or 95.9%, from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021. This increase was the result of an 

increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization. Gross profit 
increased 33.6% in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior fiscal year, driven by the Reinhart acquisition, which contributed an increase in 

32 
32

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
 
 
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
 
gross profit of $501.4 million for fiscal 2021. An increase in cases sold and an increase in gross profit per case also contributed to the 
increase in gross profit. The increase in gross profit per case was driven by a favorable shift in the mix of cases sold, including more 
Performance Brands products sold to independent customers. Cases sold to independent business result in higher gross margins within 
this segment. Additionally, for fiscal 2021, Foodservice recorded $29.8 million of inventory write-offs primarily driven by the 
economic impacts of COVID-19, which was a decrease of $9.1 million compared to the prior year. Gross profit for the 53rd week in 
fiscal 2021 was approximately $62.1 million. 

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization for Foodservice increased by $391.0, or 21.8%, from fiscal 2020 to 

fiscal 2021. Operating expenses increased primarily as a result of the acquisition of Reinhart which contributed an additional $313.1 
million of operating expenses for fiscal 2021. Excluding the impact of the additional Reinhart operating expenses, operating expense 
increased as a result of an increase in case volume and the resulting impact on variable operational and selling expenses, along with an 
increase in bonus expense of $40.6 million and an increase in other personnel expenses as compared to the prior year. These increases 
were partially offset by decreases in insurance expense of $14.4 million, fuel expense of $2.9 million, and the expense related to 
reserves for expected credit losses. In fiscal 2021, Foodservice recorded a benefit of $22.8 million related to reserves for expected 
credit losses as compared to bad debt expense of $63.1 million during fiscal 2020. The Company estimates that operating expenses 
excluding depreciation and amortization for Foodservice were approximately $47.1 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2021. 

Depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $197.7 million in 

fiscal 2020 to $248.3 million in fiscal 2021. Total depreciation and amortization related to the 53rd week in fiscal 2021 was 
approximately $4.7 million for Foodservice. Depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets increased as a result of 
the acquisition of Reinhart. Total additional incremental depreciation and amortization related to the acquisition of Reinhart was $48.9 
million for fiscal 2021 as compared to the prior year.  

Segment Results—Vistar  

Fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2020  
Net Sales  

Net sales for Vistar increased $157.3 million, or 1.9%, from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021. The increase in net sales is driven by net 
sales of approximately $180.2 million in the 53rd week in fiscal 2021. Net sales for fiscal 2021 included $1.2 billion related to tobacco 
excise taxes, as compared to $1.1 billion for fiscal 2020. Due to the restrictions implemented by governments to slow the spread of 
COVID-19, there were significant declines in case volume in the theater, office coffee service, office supply, hospitality, and travel 
channels for fiscal 2021, however these declines have gradually improved, as certain states eased restrictions allowing many of our 
customers in these channels to resume operations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.  

EBITDA  

EBITDA for Vistar increased $54.9 million, or 142.6%, from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021. This increase was the result of a 
decrease in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit. The gross profit 
dollar decrease of $58.7 million for fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020, was driven by the impact of COVID-19 on the channels we 
serve, partially offset by gross profit of approximately $13.7 million in the 53rd week in fiscal 2021. Additionally, for fiscal 2021, 
Vistar recorded $7.0 million of inventory write-offs primarily as result of the impact of COVID-19 on the channels we serve, which 
was a decrease of $8.6 million compared to the prior year. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales declined from 8.7% for fiscal 2020 
to 7.8% for fiscal 2021 as a result of continued growth in the convenience store channel, which has lower margins. 

Operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization decreased $113.8 million, or 16.6%, for fiscal 2021 compared to 
the prior year. Operating expenses decreased primarily as a result of decreased sales volume described above, decreases in personnel 
expenses, and a $109.8 million reduction in contingent consideration accretion expense for fiscal 2021 as compared to prior year 
period. Additionally, in fiscal 2021, Vistar recorded a benefit of $2.1 million related to reserves for expected credit losses for customer 
receivables as compared to bad debt expense of $14.7 million for the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in 
bonus expense of $21.0 million for fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year. The Company estimates that operating expenses excluding 
depreciation and amortization for Vistar were approximately $11.8 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2021. 

Depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment increased from $50.0 million in fiscal 

2020 to $62.1 million in fiscal 2021. Total depreciation and amortization related to the 53rd week in fiscal 2021 was approximately 
$1.4 million for Vistar.  Depreciation of fixed assets increased as a result of capital outlays to support the segment’s growth. 

33 
33

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Segment Results—Corporate & All Other  

Fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 
Net Sales  

Net sales for Corporate & All Other increased $72.5 million from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021. The increase was primarily 

attributable to an increase in logistics services provided to our other segments for increased case volume due to the acquisition of 
Reinhart as well as approximately $8.9 million of net sales for the 53rd week in fiscal 2021.  

EBITDA  

EBITDA for Corporate & All Other was a negative $206.3 million for fiscal 2021 compared to a negative $203.8 million for 

fiscal 2020. This decline in EBITDA was primarily driven by the additional corporate operating expenses, excluding depreciation and 
amortization, of $2.5 million associated with the acquisition of Reinhart, as well as the additional week in fiscal 2021. Additionally, 
operating expenses increased as a result of an increase in annual bonus expense of $17.0 million and an increase in insurance expense 
of $7.9 million fiscal 2021 as compared to the prior year. These increases were partially offset by a decline of $29.0 million in fiscal 
2021 for professional and legal fees related primarily to prior year acquisitions. The Company estimates that operating expenses 
excluding depreciation and amortization were approximately $4.9 million in the 53rd week of fiscal 2021. 

Depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets recorded in this segment was $28.5 million in fiscal 2021 

compared to $28.6 million for fiscal 2020. Total depreciation and amortization related to the 53rd week in fiscal 2021 was 
approximately $0.5 million for Corporate & All Other. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

We have historically financed our operations and growth primarily with cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit 

facility, operating and finance leases, and normal trade credit terms. We have typically funded our acquisitions with additional 
borrowings under our credit facility. Our working capital and borrowing levels are subject to seasonal fluctuations, typically with the 
lowest borrowing levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters and the highest borrowing levels occurring in the first and second fiscal 
quarters. We borrow under our credit facility or pay it down regularly based on our cash flows from operating and investing activities. 
Our practice is to minimize interest expense while maintaining reasonable liquidity.  

As market conditions warrant, we may from time to time seek to repurchase our securities or loans in privately negotiated or 

open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Any such repurchases may be funded by incurring new debt, including 
additional borrowings under our credit facility. In addition, depending on conditions in the credit and capital markets and other factors, 
we will, from time to time, consider other financing transactions, the proceeds of which could be used to refinance our indebtedness, 
make investments or acquisitions or for other purposes. Any new debt may be secured debt.  

In markets where governments have imposed restrictions on travel outside of the home, or where customers are practicing social 

distancing due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many of our customers, including restaurants, schools, hotels, movie theaters, and 
business and industry locations, have reduced or discontinued operations, which has adversely affected demand for our products and 
services. Even as governmental restrictions are eased and economies gradually, partially, or fully reopen in certain states and markets, 
the ongoing economic impacts and health concerns associated with the pandemic may continue to affect consumer behavior and 
spending in the channels we serve. The extent to which these changes will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of 
operations remains uncertain. 

Our cash requirements over the next 12 months and beyond relate to our long-term debt and associated interest payments, 
operating and finance leases, and purchase obligations. For information regarding the Company’s expected cash requirements related 
to long-term debt and operating and finance leases, see Note 8. Debt and Note 12. Leases, respectively, of the consolidated financial 
statements. As of July 3, 2021, the Company had total purchase obligations of $93.5 million, which includes agreements for purchases 
related to capital projects and services in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed, as well as 
a minimum amount due for various Company meetings and conferences. Purchase obligations also include amounts committed to 
various capital projects in process or scheduled to be completed in the coming fiscal years. As of July 3, 2021, the Company had 
commitments of $68.8 million for capital projects related to warehouse expansion and improvements and warehouse equipment. The 
Company anticipates using cash flows from operations or borrowings under the ABL Facility to fulfill these commitments. Amounts 
due under these agreements were not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of July 3, 2021. 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our 

financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or 
capital resources. 

34 
34

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
We believe that our cash flows from operations and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash 

requirements over at least the next 12 months, to maintain sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes, and to fund capital 
expenditures. 

On July 26, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), issued and sold $1.0 

billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.250% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes due 2029”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of 
July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2029 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct 
and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The 
Notes due 2029 are not guaranteed by the Company. 

Initially, the Company expected to use the proceeds from the Notes due 2029 to finance the cash consideration payable in 

connection with the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, to redeem the Notes due 2024, and to pay the fees, expenses, and other 
transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2029. However, since there is no requirement to hold the funds in escrow 
until the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition closes, a portion of the net proceeds from the Notes due 2029 were used to pay down the 
outstanding balance of the ABL Facility on July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2024 were redeemed in full on July 27, 2021. The Company 
now expects to fund the cash consideration for the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition with borrowings under the ABL Facility. If the 
Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is not consummated, Performance Food Group, Inc. will be required to redeem the Notes due 2029 
at a price equal to 100% of the issue price plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

In connection with the Core-Mark acquisition, the Company is seeking an amendment and restatement of the ABL Facility that 
would, among other things, provide an additional $1.0 billion of revolving and term loan commitments, for a total of up to $4.0 billion 
(the “ABL Amendment”). It is anticipated that the ABL Amendment will be consummated after closing of the Core-Mark acquisition.  

At July 3, 2021, our cash balance totaled $22.2 million, including restricted cash of $11.1 million, as compared to a cash balance 
totaling $431.8 million, including restricted cash of $11.1 million, at June 27, 2020. The $409.6 million decrease in cash during fiscal 
2021 was primarily due to the early pay off, in full, of the $110.0 million Additional Junior Term Loan (as defined below under “-
Financing Activities”), $136.4 million in payments related to recent acquisitions, investments in working capital, and payments under 
our ABL Facility.  

Operating Activities  

Fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 compared to fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 

During fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, our operating activities provided cash flow of $64.6 million and $623.6 million, 

respectively. The decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 was largely driven by 
larger investments in net working capital and the payment of $117.3 million of contingent consideration related to the acquisition of 
Eby-Brown Company, LLC (“Eby-Brown”), partially offset by net income tax refunds of $117.4 million received during fiscal 2021.  

Investing Activities  

Cash used in investing activities totaled $199.8 million in fiscal 2021 compared to $2,146.0 million in fiscal 2020. These 
investments consisted primarily of capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment of $188.8 million and $158.0 million for fiscal 
years 2021 and 2020, respectively, and payments for business acquisitions of $18.1 million and $1,989.0 million for fiscal years 2021 
and 2020, respectively. In fiscal 2021, purchases of property, plant, and equipment primarily consisted of outlays for information 
technology, warehouse equipment, warehouse expansions and improvements, and transportation equipment.  

The following table presents the capital purchases of property, plant, and equipment by segment:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Foodservice 
Vistar 
Corporate & All Other 
Total capital purchases of property, plant and equipment 

July 3, 2021 

     June 27, 2020 

     June 29, 2019 

  $ 

  $ 

99.9     $ 
78.9       
10.0       
188.8     $ 

57.8     $ 
72.0       
28.2       
158.0     $ 

90.6   
24.9   
23.6   
139.1   

Fiscal Year Ended 

35 
35

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
Financing Activities  

During fiscal 2021, our financing activities used cash flow of $274.4 million, which consisted primarily of $16.2 million in net 

payments under our ABL Facility, $136.4 million in payments related to recent acquisitions, $110.0 million in repayment of the 
Additional Junior Term Loan (as defined below), and $37.9 million in payments of finance lease obligations.  

During fiscal 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $1,928.8 million, which consisted primarily of $1,060.0 
million in cash received from the issuance and sale of the Notes due 2027, $275.0 million in cash received from the issuance and sale 
of the Notes due 2025, $828.1 million in net proceeds from the issuance of common stock, and $110.0 million in borrowings under the 
Additional Junior Term Loan, partially offset by $259.0 million in net payments under our ABL Facility.  

The following describes our financing arrangements as of July 3, 2021:  

ABL Facility: PFGC is a party to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 30, 2019 (as amended by 

the First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2020, and the Second Amendment to 
Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2020, the “ABL Facility”). The ABL Facility has an aggregate 
principal amount of $3.0 billion, which matures on December 30, 2024. The incremental $110 million, 364-day maturity loan that is 
junior to the other obligations owed under the ABL Facility (“Additional Junior Term Loan”) was paid off early and in full on 
February 5, 2021. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead borrower under the ABL Facility, 
which is jointly and severally guaranteed by, and secured by the majority of the assets of, PFGC and all material domestic direct and 
indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). Availability 
for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined by the application of specified 
advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real properties, and owned transportation 
equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real properties and transportation equipment 
values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on periodic commercial finance examinations and 
appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the borrowing base are subject to change based on 
periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all 
lenders.  

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the 
greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 
1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee rate of 0.25% per 
annum. Borrowings under the Additional Junior Term Loan, which was paid off early and in full on February 5, 2021, bore interest at 
LIBOR plus 5.0% per annum with respect to any loan which was a LIBOR loan and Prime plus 4.0% per annum with respect to any 
loan which was a base rate loan. 

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:  

(Dollars in millions) 
Aggregate borrowings 
Letters of credit under ABL Facility 
Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $55.1 and $64.9 
Average interest rate 

   $ 

As of July 3, 2021 

   As of June 27, 2020 

586.3      $ 
161.7        
2,252.0        
2.32 %     

710.0   
139.6   
1,712.2   

2.85 % 

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if 
excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $200.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving 
credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, 
but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or 
specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and 
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may 
be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the 
collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.  

Subsequent to July 3, 2021, the outstanding balance of the ABL Facility was paid down to zero using a portion of the net 

proceeds from the issuance of the Notes due 2029. 

36 

36

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
     
 
Senior Notes due 2024: On May 17, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $350.0 million aggregate principal 

amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (“Notes due 2024”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2016. The Notes due 
2024 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned 
subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2024 are not 
guaranteed by Performance Food Group Company. 

The proceeds from the Notes due 2024 were used to pay in full the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 

loans under the Company’s term loan facility and to terminate the facility; to temporarily repay a portion of the outstanding 
borrowings under the ABL Facility; and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes 
due 2024.  

The Notes due 2024 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2024 mature on June 1, 2024 and bear interest at a 

rate of 5.500% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears. 

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2024 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to make an offer to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2024 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control 
triggering event) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. On July 27, 2021, 
Performance Food Group, Inc. redeemed, in full, the Notes due 2024 at a price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount redeemed, 
plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

Senior Notes due 2027: On September 27, 2019, PFG Escrow Corporation (which merged with and into Performance Food 

Group, Inc.) issued and sold $1,060.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2027 (“Notes due 2027”), 
pursuant to an indenture dated September 27, 2019. The Notes due 2027 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured 
basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and 
other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2027 are not guaranteed by Performance Food Group Company. 

The proceeds from the Notes due 2027, along with an offering of shares of the Company’s common stock and borrowings under 

the ABL Facility, were used to fund the cash consideration for the Reinhart acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses. 

The Notes due 2027 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2027 mature on October 15, 2027 and bear interest 

at a rate of 5.500% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears. 

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2027 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2027 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may 
redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2027 at any time prior to October 15, 2022 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Notes due 2027 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on October 15, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of 
the Notes due 2027 at a redemption price equal to 102.750% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 
redemption price decreases to 101.375% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on October 15, 2023 and October 15, 2024, 
respectively. In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes 
due 2027 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest. 

The indenture governing the Notes due 2027 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC and its restricted 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other 
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with 
affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of 
PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted 
subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. 
The Notes due 2027 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued 
interest on the Notes due 2027 to become or be declared due and payable. 

37 
37

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Senior Notes due 2025: On April 24, 2020, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $275.0 million aggregate principal 

amount of its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2025 (“Notes due 2025”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of April 24, 2020. The Notes due 
2025 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned 
subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2025 are not 
guaranteed by Performance Food Group Company.  

The proceeds from the Notes due 2025 were used for working capital and general corporate purposes and to pay the fees, 

expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2025.  

The Notes due 2025 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2025 mature on May 1, 2025 and bear interest at a 

rate of 6.875% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.  

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2025 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2025 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may 
redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2025 at any time prior to May 1, 2022 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Notes due 2025 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on May 1, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of the 
Notes due 2025 at a redemption price equal to 103.438% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 
redemption price decreases to 101.719% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on May 1, 2023 and May 1, 2024, 
respectively. In addition, at any time prior to May 1, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes due 
2025 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest.  

The indenture governing the Notes due 2025 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other 
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with 
affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of 
PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted 
subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. 
The Notes due 2025 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued 
interest on the Notes due 2025 to become or be declared due and payable.  

Subsequent to July 3, 2021, the following financing arrangement was entered into: 

Senior Notes due 2029: On July 26, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $1.0 billion aggregate principal 
amount of its Notes due 2029, pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2029 are jointly and severally 
guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than 
captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2029 are not guaranteed by the Company.  

The proceeds from the Notes due 2029 were used to pay down the outstanding balance of the ABL Facility, to redeem the 
Senior Notes due 2024, and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2029. If 
the Core-Mark acquisition is not consummated, we will be required to redeem the Notes due 2029 at a price equal to 100% of the 
issue price plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

The Notes due 2029 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2029 mature on August 1, 2029 and bear interest at 

a rate of 4.250% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.  

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2029 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2029 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may 
redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2029 at any time prior to August 1, 2024 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Notes due 2029 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of 
the Notes due 2029 at a redemption price equal to 102.125% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 
redemption price decreases to 101.163% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on August 1, 2025 and August 1, 2026, 
respectively. In addition, at any time prior to August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes due 
2029 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest. 

38 
38

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
The indenture governing the Notes due 2029 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other 
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with 
affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of 
PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted 
subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. 
The Notes due 2029 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued 
interest on the Notes due 2029 to become or be declared due and payable. 

The ABL Facility and the indentures governing the Notes due 2024, the Notes due 2027, the Notes due 2025, and the Notes due 

2029 contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from 
distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $1,543.6 million of restricted payment capacity available 
under such debt agreements, as of July 3, 2021. Such minimum estimated restricted payment capacity is calculated based on the most 
restrictive of our debt agreements and may fluctuate from period to period, which fluctuations may be material.  Our restricted 
payment capacity under other debt instruments to which the Company is subject may be materially higher than the foregoing estimate. 

As of July 3, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the ABL Facility and the indentures 

governing the Notes due 2024, the Notes due 2025, the Notes due 2027, and the Notes due 2029.  

39 
39

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
 
Total assets by segment discussed below exclude intercompany receivables between segments.  

Total Assets by Segment 

Total assets for Foodservice increased $262.6 million from $5,529.1 million as of June 27, 2020 to $5,791.7 million as of July 3, 

2021. During this time period, this segment increased its accounts receivable, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment, partially 
offset by decreases in intangible assets and operating lease right-of-use assets.  

Total assets for Vistar increased $373.7 million from $1,385.4 million as of June 27, 2020 to $1,759.1 million as of July 3, 2021. 
During this period, Vistar increased its inventory, accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment, and operating lease right-of-use 
assets. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in intangible assets. 

Total assets for Corporate & All Other decreased $510.3 million from $805.2 million as of June 27, 2020 to $294.9 million as of 

July 3, 2021. During this period, Corporate & All Other primarily decrease its cash as a result of repayments of borrowings. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that are most important to portraying our financial position and results of 

operations. These policies require our most subjective or complex judgments, often employing the use of estimates about the effect of 
matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates include those that pertain to the allowance for 
doubtful accounts receivable, inventory valuation, insurance programs, income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional incentives, and 
goodwill and other intangible assets.  

Accounts Receivable  

Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are 
recorded at the invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for doubtful 
accounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a 
combination of factors. We regularly analyze our significant customer accounts, and when we become aware of a specific customer’s 
inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as a bankruptcy filing or a deterioration in the customer’s operating results or 
financial position, we record a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount we reasonably believe is 
collectible. We also record reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the 
receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers 
change, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.  

Inventory Valuation  

Our inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. We primarily value inventories at the lower of cost or market 

using the first-in, first-out method (“FIFO”). FIFO was used for approximately 87% of total inventories at July 3, 2021. The remainder 
of the inventory was valued using LIFO method using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. We adjust our inventory 
balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are based upon inventory category, inventory age, 
specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions.  

Insurance Programs  

We maintain high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ compensation. 

The amounts in excess of the deductibles are insured by third-party insurance carriers, subject to certain limitations and exclusions. 
We also maintain self-funded group medical insurance. We accrue our estimated liability for these deductibles, including an estimate 
for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The estimated short-term portion of these 
accruals is included in Accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is 
included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims 
occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for 
general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are primarily collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.  

Income Taxes  

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-10, Income 
Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets 

40 
40

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net operating loss carryforwards, are recognized to the extent that 
realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light 
of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law, and closing of statutes of limitations. 
Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate. Income tax calculations are based on the tax laws enacted as of the 
date of the financial statements. 

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives  

We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, either unilaterally or in combination with 
purchasing cooperatives and other procurement partners, that consist primarily of volume and growth rebates, annual and multi-year 
incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is generally recorded as a reduction of cost of 
goods sold. However, in certain limited circumstances the consideration is recorded as a reduction of costs incurred by us. 
Consideration received may be in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be 
received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.  

Consideration received for volume and growth rebates, annual incentives, and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction 

of cost of goods sold. We systematically and rationally allocate the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying 
transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably 
estimable, we record the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. We record annual and multi-year 
incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. We use current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing 
volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to 
promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a 
reduction of our operating expenses. If the amount of consideration received from the suppliers exceeds our marketing costs, any 
excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold.  

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets  

We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Our financial statements reflect the operations 

of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible assets represent the excess of 
cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in a business combination. Other 
identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-compete agreements, and 
favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with definite lives are amortized 
on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to eleven years. Annually, or when certain triggering 
events occur, the Company assesses the useful lives of its intangibles with definite lives. Certain assumptions, estimates, and 
judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other intangible assets, as well as 
determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, we may obtain the assistance of third-party valuation 
specialists for significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on 
future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and 
assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of 
future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, 
and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which 
could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.  

We are required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually or more often if 
circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets and 
industries that buy our products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital markets, and 
changes in its market capitalization.  

We apply the guidance in FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing 
Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step 
zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for our 
goodwill impairment test, we are required to make assumptions and judgments, including but not limited to the following: the 
evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to our business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial 
performance of our reporting units and future opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present 
after performing step zero, we would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.  

41 
41

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
During fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, we performed the step zero analysis for our goodwill impairment test. As a result of our step 

zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020. There were no 
impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020.  

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  

Refer to Note 3. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in 

Item 8 for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and expected 
effects on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

All of our market sensitive instruments are entered into for purposes other than trading.  

Interest Rate Risk  

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to changes in interest rates for borrowings under our ABL Facility. Although we 

hedge a portion of our interest rate risk through interest rate swaps, any borrowings under our ABL Facility in excess of the notional 
amount of the swaps will be subject to variable interest rates.  

As of July 3, 2021, our subsidiary, Performance Food Group, Inc., had five interest rate swaps with a combined value of 
$700.0 million notional amount that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. See Note 9. Derivatives and Hedging 
Activities within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 for further discussion of these interest rate swaps.  

The changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other 

comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction impacts 
earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense 
as hedged interest payments are made on our debt. During the next twelve months, we estimate that losses of approximately 
$5.6 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.  

Based on the fair values of these interest rate swaps as of July 3, 2021, a hypothetical 100 bps decrease in LIBOR would result 

in a loss of $7.7 million and a hypothetical 100 bps increase in LIBOR would result in a gain of $13.0 million within accumulated 
other comprehensive income.  

In fiscal 2022 once all required approvals for the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition are received, the Company plans to fund the 

cash consideration for the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition and to pay off any outstanding Core-Mark long-term debt with 
borrowings from the ABL Facility.  Assuming an average daily balance on our ABL Facility of approximately $1.2 billion, 
approximately $505.0 million of our outstanding long-term debt is fixed through interest rate swap agreements over the next 12 
months and approximately $723.0 million represents variable-rate debt. A hypothetical 100 bps increase in LIBOR on our variable-
rate debt would lead to an increase of approximately $7.2 million in annual interest expense. 

Fuel Price Risk  

We seek to minimize the effect of higher diesel fuel costs both by reducing fuel usage and by taking action to offset higher fuel 
prices. We reduce usage by designing more efficient truck routes and by increasing miles per gallon through on-board computers that 
monitor and adjust idling time and maximum speeds and through other technologies. In our Foodservice and Vistar segments, we seek 
to manage fuel prices through diesel fuel surcharges to our customers and through the use of costless collars or swap arrangements.  

As of July 3, 2021, we had collars in place for approximately 37% of the gallons we expect to use over the twelve months 
following July 3, 2021. These collars are recorded at fair value as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet. Any changes in fair 
value are recorded in the period of the change as unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments. A hypothetical 10% increase 
or decrease in expected diesel fuel prices would result in an immaterial gain or loss for these derivative instruments.  

Our fuel purchases occur at market prices. Using published market price projections for diesel and estimates of fuel 

consumption, a 10% hypothetical increase in diesel prices from the market price would result in a potential increase of approximately 
$14.5 million in fuel costs included in Operating expenses. As discussed above, this increase in fuel costs would be partially offset by 
fuel surcharges passed through to our customers.  

42 
42

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020 and for the fiscal years  
ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020, and June 29, 2019  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ........................................   44 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................   45 

Consolidated Balance Sheets .................................................................................................................................................................   47 

Consolidated Statements of Operations .................................................................................................................................................   48 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income ............................................................................................................................   49 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity ................................................................................................................................   50 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ...............................................................................................................................................   51 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .........................................................................................................................................   53 

Schedule 1—Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements .................................................................................................................   81 

43 
43

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Performance Food Group Company 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of July 3, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 3, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by COSO. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended July 3, 2021, of the Company and our report dated 
August 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal 
Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP  

Richmond, Virginia 
August 23, 2021 

44 
44

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Performance Food Group Company  

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Performance Food Group Company and subsidiaries (the 
"Company") as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, 
shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for the fiscal years ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020, and June 29, 2019, and the related notes 
and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 8 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020, and June 29, 2019, in conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of July 3, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control 
— Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report 
dated August 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter  

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of 
critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by 
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or 
disclosures to which it relates. 

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives— Refer to Note 2 the financial statements 

Critical Audit Matter Description 

The Company receives various rebate and promotional incentives from its suppliers, which include volume and growth rebates, annual 
and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates 
and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally 
allocates the consideration for these incentives to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward 
earning the incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the 
underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over 
the agreement period. The Company uses current and historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in 
estimating whether the underlying objectives or milestones will be achieved.  

Auditing vendor rebates and other promotional incentives involved especially challenging judgment due to the volume of individual 
transactions, complexities in complying with the terms of the vendor agreements and the estimates involved which increased the 
extent of audit effort required. 

45 
45

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit 

Our audit procedures related to vendor rebates and other promotional incentives included the following, among others: 
•  We tested the effectiveness of the controls over vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, including controls over the 

completeness and accuracy of the programs and related purchasing data. 

•  We selected a sample of recorded vendor incentives and (1) confirmed the incentive amount and the terms of the executed 

agreement directly with the vendor and (2) recalculated the incentive amount using the terms of the executed vendor agreement.  

•  We obtained an understanding of the types of vendor rebates and other promotional incentives the Company receives, and the 
Company's accounting policies related to these incentives. Based on that understanding, we developed an independent estimate 
for each type of incentive and compared our estimate to the amount recorded by management.   

•  We tested the adjustment to inventory values related to vendor rebates. 
•  We selected a sample of upward and downward adjustments made throughout the year for previously recorded vendor rebates and 
other promotional incentives to assess management’s initial estimates. For the selected adjustments we assessed the size and 
nature of adjustments, compared the balance to prior years to evaluate historical consistency and considered the direction of the 
adjustments to evaluate management bias.  

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP  

Richmond, Virginia  
August 23, 2021   

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. 

46 

46

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
 
 
 
  
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  

   $ 

   $ 

(In millions, except per share data) 
ASSETS 
Current assets: 

Cash 
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $42.6 and $86.7 
Inventories, net 
Income taxes receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Operating lease right-of-use assets 
Restricted cash 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 

Trade accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of deposits 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Long-term debt - current installments 
Finance lease obligations—current installments 
Operating lease obligations—current installments 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt 
Deferred income tax liability, net 
Finance lease obligations, excluding current installments 
Operating lease obligations, excluding current installments 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) 
Shareholders’ equity: 

Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1.0 billion shares authorized, 132.5 
million shares issued and outstanding as of July 3, 2021; 
1.0 billion shares authorized, 131.3 million shares issued and outstanding as of 
June 27, 2020 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $1.9 and $3.6 
Retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

   $ 

As of 
July 3, 2021 

As of 
June 27, 2020 

11.1      $ 
1,580.0        
1,839.4        
49.6        
100.3        
3,580.4        
1,354.7        
796.4        
1,589.6        
438.7        
11.1        
74.8        
7,845.7      $ 

1,776.5        
625.0        
-        
48.7        
77.0        
2,527.2        
2,240.5        
140.4        
255.0        
378.0        
198.5        
5,739.6        

1.3        
1,752.8        
(5.3 )      
357.3        
2,106.1        
7,845.7      $ 

420.7   
1,258.6   
1,549.4   
156.5   
68.7   
3,453.9   
1,353.0   
918.6   
1,479.0   
441.2   
11.1   
62.9   
7,719.7   

1,718.4   
678.0   
107.6   
30.3   
84.4   
2,618.7   
2,249.3   
115.6   
185.7   
362.4   
177.4   
5,709.1   

1.3   
1,703.0   
(10.3 ) 
316.6   
2,010.6   
7,719.7   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited  
consolidated financial statements.  

47 
47

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
     
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS  

(In millions, except per share data) 
Net sales 
Cost of goods sold 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses 

Operating profit (loss) 

Other expense, net: 
Interest expense 
Other, net 
Other expense, net 
Income (loss) before taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 

Net income (loss) 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Earnings (loss) per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 
June 29, 2019 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

30,398.9      $ 
26,873.7     
3,525.2   
3,324.5     
200.7   

25,086.3      $ 
22,217.1        
2,869.2        
2,968.2        
(99.0 )      

19,743.5   
17,230.5   
2,513.0   
2,229.7   
283.3   

152.4   
(6.4 ) 
146.0   
54.7     
14.0     
40.7   

132.1   
133.4   

  $ 

0.31   
0.30   

  $ 
  $ 

116.9        
6.3        
123.2        
(222.2 )      
(108.1 )      
(114.1 )    $ 

113.0        
113.0        

(1.01 )    $ 
(1.01 )    $ 

65.4   
(0.4 ) 
65.0   
218.3   
51.5   
166.8   

103.8   
105.2   

1.61   
1.59   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited  
consolidated financial statements. 

48 
48

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
    
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
      
  
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
      
  
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
         
    
 
  
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

($ in millions) 
Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: 

Interest rate swaps: 

Change in fair value, net of tax 
Reclassification adjustment, net of tax 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 
June 29, 2019 

   $ 

40.7   

  $ 

(114.1 )    $ 

166.8   

1.8   
3.2   
5.0   
45.7   

  $ 

(9.3 )      
(0.8 )      
(10.1 )      
(124.2 )    $ 

(6.3 ) 
(3.1 ) 
(9.4 ) 
157.4   

   $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited  
consolidated financial statements.  

49 
49

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
    
    
         
    
     
    
    
         
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
 
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

(In millions) 
Balance as of June 30, 2018 
Net income 
Interest rate swaps 
Issuance of common stock under stock-
based compensation plans 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Common stock repurchased 
Change in accounting principle(1) 
Balance as of June 29, 2019 
Net loss 
Interest rate swaps 
Issuance of common stock under stock-
based compensation plans 
Issuance of common stock in secondary 
offering, net of underwriter discount and 
offering costs 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Common stock repurchased 
Balance as of June 27, 2020 
Net income 
Interest rate swaps 
Issuance of common stock under stock-
based compensation plans 
Issuance of common stock under 
employee stock purchase plan 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Balance as of July 3, 2021 

Common Stock 

Shares 

Amount 

Paid-in 
Capital 

      Additional 

Accumulated 
Other 
      Comprehensive      
      Income (Loss)       

Total 

Retained 
Earnings 

      Shareholders’   

Equity 

103.2        
—        
—        

0.9        
—        
(0.3 )      
—        
103.8      $ 
—        
—        

1.0        
—        
—        

—        
—        
—        
—        
1.0      $ 
—        
—        

861.2         
—         
—         

(0.9 )      
15.7         
(9.3 )      
—         
866.7       $ 
—         
—         

8.3        
—        
(9.4 )      

—        
—        
—        
0.9        
(0.2 )    $ 
—        
(10.1 )      

264.8        
166.8        
—        

—        
—        
—        
(0.9 )      
430.7      $ 
(114.1 )      
—        

1,135.3   
166.8   
(9.4 ) 

(0.9 ) 
15.7   
(9.3 ) 
—   
1,298.2   
(114.1 ) 
(10.1 ) 

0.6        

—        

(3.1 )      

—        

—        

(3.1 ) 

27.2        
—        
(0.3 )      
131.3        
—        
—        

0.5        

0.7        
—        
132.5        

0.3        
—        
—        
1.3        
—        
—        

—        

—        
—        
1.3        

827.8         
16.6         
(5.0 )      
1,703.0         
—         
—         

—        
—        
—        
(10.3 )      
—        
5.0        

—        
—        
—        
316.6        
40.7        
—        

828.1   
16.6   
(5.0 ) 
2,010.6   
40.7   
5.0   

0.8         

—        

—        

0.8   

26.2         
22.8         
1,752.8         

—        
—        
(5.3 )      

—        
—        
357.3        

26.2   
22.8   
2,106.1   

(1)  As of the beginning of fiscal 2019, the Company elected to early adopt the provisions of ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 
815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amount of ineffectiveness previously recognized in earnings for 
interest rate swaps that existed on July 1, 2018 was reclassified from Retained Earnings to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income as 
a cumulative effect adjustment as of the adoption date.  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial 
statements.  

50 
50

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
     
        
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 
June 29, 2019 

   $ 

40.7   

  $ 

(114.1 ) 

  $ 

166.8   

($ in millions) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided 
   by operating activities 

Depreciation 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Provision for losses on accounts receivables 
Stock compensation expense 
Deferred income tax expense 
Contingent consideration accretion expense 
Other non-cash activities 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Income taxes receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Trade accounts payable and outstanding checks in excess of 
deposits 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Net cash paid for acquisitions 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Net (payments) borrowings under ABL Facility 
Borrowing of Notes due 2027 
Borrowing of Notes due 2025 
(Payment) borrowing of Additional Junior Term Loan 
Cash paid for debt issuance, extinguishment and modifications 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Payments under finance lease obligations 
Payments on financed property, plant and equipment 
Cash paid for acquisitions 
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Cash paid for shares withheld to cover taxes 
Repurchases of common stock 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and restricted cash 
Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period 
Cash and restricted cash, end of period 

   $ 

51 
51

213.9   
125.0   
12.7   
(23.8 ) 
25.4   
21.2   
1.0   
2.7   

(296.5 ) 
(286.7 ) 
106.9   
(34.9 ) 

57.8   
99.2   
64.6   

(188.8 ) 
(18.1 ) 
7.1   
(199.8 ) 

(16.2 ) 
—   
—   
(110.0 ) 
(0.1 ) 
—   
(37.9 ) 
(0.8 ) 
(136.4 ) 
26.2   
5.0   
(4.2 ) 
—   
(274.4 ) 
(409.6 ) 
431.8   
22.2   

  $ 

178.5   
97.8   
6.5   
80.0   
17.9   
10.5   
108.6   
29.0   

189.0   
101.7   
(145.3 ) 
(4.2 ) 

39.8   
27.9   
623.6   

(158.0 ) 
(1,989.0 ) 
1.0   
(2,146.0 ) 

(259.0 ) 
1,060.0   
275.0   
110.0   
(46.1 ) 
828.1   
(24.2 ) 
(2.1 ) 
(4.8 ) 
—   
4.8   
(7.9 ) 
(5.0 ) 
1,928.8   
406.4   
25.4   
431.8   

  $ 

116.2   
38.8   
4.4   
11.5   
15.7   
11.6   
—   
(0.1 ) 

(50.2 ) 
(98.4 ) 
28.7   
(9.7 ) 

26.7   
55.4   
317.4   

(139.1 ) 
(211.6 ) 
1.3   
(349.4 ) 

78.9   
—   
—   
—   
(4.8 ) 
—   
(13.2 ) 
(5.4 ) 
(5.7 ) 
—   
6.6   
(7.5 ) 
(9.3 ) 
39.6   
7.6   
17.8   
25.4   

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
     
     
  
     
  
        
  
        
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
  
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to 
the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows: 

(In millions) 
Cash 
Restricted cash(1) 
Total cash and restricted cash 

As of July 3, 2021 

      As of June 27, 2020    
420.7   
11.1   
431.8   

11.1      $ 
11.1        
22.2      $ 

   $ 

   $ 

(1)  Restricted cash represents the amounts required by insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for the Company’s workers’ 

compensation and liability claims.   

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions are as follows: 

(In millions) 
Debt assumed through finance lease obligations 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, financed 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:  

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 
June 29, 2019 

   $ 

125.6      $ 
0.3        

93.0      $ 
1.8        

98.1   
3.4   

(In millions) 
Cash paid (received) during the year for: 

Interest 
Income tax (refunds) payments, net 

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 
June 29, 2019 

   $ 

139.3      $ 
(117.4 )      

102.0      $ 
28.5         

65.7   
10.8   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements, which are an integral part of these audited  
consolidated financial statements.    

52 
52

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
     
 
  
     
     
  
     
 
 
  
     
     
  
     
         
         
    
     
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Summary of Business Activities  

1. 
Business Overview  

Performance Food Group Company, through its subsidiaries, markets and distributes primarily national and company-branded 
food and food-related products to customer locations across the United States. The Company serves both of the major customer types 
in the restaurant industry: (i) independent customers, and (ii) multi-unit, or “Chain” customers, which include some of the most 
recognizable family and casual dining restaurant chains, as well as schools, business and industry locations, healthcare facilities and 
retail establishments. The Company also specializes in distributing candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products and 
other items nationally to vending distributors, big box retailers, theaters, convenience stores, travel providers and hospitality providers.  

Fiscal Years  

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30th. This resulted in a 53-week year for fiscal 2021 and 52-
week years for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019. References to “fiscal 2021” are to the 53-week period ended July 3, 2021, references to 
“fiscal 2020” are to the 52-week period ended June 27, 2020, and references to “fiscal 2019” are to the 52-week period ended June 29, 
2019.  

Share Repurchase Program 

On November 13, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) authorized a share repurchase 
program for up to $250 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The share repurchase program does not have an 
expiration date and may be amended, suspended, or discontinued at any time. The share repurchase program remains subject to the 
discretion of the Board of Directors. During the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021, the Company did not repurchase any shares of 
common stock. During the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020, the Company repurchased and subsequently retired 0.3 million shares of 
common stock, for a total of $5.0 million. During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2019, the Company repurchased and subsequently 
retired 0.3 million shares of common stock, for a total of $9.3 million. On March 23, 2020, the Company discontinued further 
repurchases under the plan. As of July 3, 2021, approximately $235.7 million remained available for additional share repurchases.   

Equity Issuances 

On November 20, 2019, Performance Food Group Company entered into an underwriting agreement related to the issuance and 
sale of 11,638,000 shares of its common stock on a forward sale basis. On December 30, 2019, the Company settled the forward sale 
agreement for net proceeds of $490.6 million, comprised of an aggregate offering price of $514.9 million less $18.0 million of 
underwriting discounts and commissions and $6.3 million of direct offering expenses. The net proceeds from this offering were used 
to finance the cash consideration payable in connection with the acquisition of Reinhart. 

On April 16, 2020, Performance Food Group Company entered into an underwriting agreement related to the issuance and sale 

of 15,525,000 shares of its common stock. On April 20, 2020, the Company settled the sale agreement for net proceeds of $337.5 
million, comprised of an aggregate offering price of $349.3 million less $11.3 million of underwriting discounts and commissions and 
$0.5 million of direct offering expenses. The net proceeds from this offering were used to working capital and general corporate 
purposes. 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates  

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and 

transactions have been eliminated.  

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue 
and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates used by management are related to the accounting for the 
allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for inventories, impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets, acquisition 
accounting, reserves for claims and recoveries under insurance programs, vendor rebates and other promotional incentives, bonus 
accruals, depreciation, amortization, determination of useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, and income taxes. Actual results 
could differ from these estimates.  

53 
53

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Risks and Uncertainties 

The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties as a result of COVID-19. The unprecedented impact of COVID-19 has grown 

throughout the world, including in the United States, and governmental authorities and businesses have implemented numerous 
measures attempting to contain and mitigate the effects of the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place 
orders, shutdowns, and social distancing requirements. These measures have adversely affected and may further adversely affect the 
Company’s operations and the operations of its customers and suppliers. In markets where governments have imposed restrictions on 
travel outside of the home, or where customers are practicing social distancing, many of our customers, including restaurants, schools, 
hotels, movie theaters, and business and industry locations, have reduced or discontinued operations, which has adversely affected 
demand for our products and services. 

Even as governmental restrictions are eased and economies gradually, partially, or fully reopen in certain states and markets, the 

ongoing economic impacts and health concerns associated with the pandemic, as well as the potential for restrictions being 
implemented as COVID-19 cases rise, may continue to affect consumer behavior and spending in the channels we serve. The extent to 
which these changes will affect our future financial position, liquidity, and results of operations remains uncertain. 

Cash  

The Company maintains its cash primarily in institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At 

times, the Company’s cash balance may be in amounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limits.  

Restricted Cash  

The Company is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the deductibles for its workers’ compensation and liability 
claims. The Company has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements primarily by depositing funds in trusts or by issuing letters of 
credit. All amounts in restricted cash at July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020 represent funds deposited in insurance trusts, and 
$11.1 million and $11.1 million, respectively, represent Level 1 fair value measurements.  

Accounts Receivable  

Accounts receivable are comprised of trade receivables from customers in the ordinary course of business, are recorded at the 
invoiced amount, and primarily do not bear interest. Accounts receivable also includes other receivables primarily related to various 
rebate and promotional incentives with the Company’s suppliers. Receivables are recorded net of the allowance for credit losses on the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on a 
combination of factors. The Company regularly analyzes its significant customer accounts, and when it becomes aware of a specific 
customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, such as bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s 
operating results or financial position, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the 
amount it reasonably believes is collectible. The Company also records reserves for bad debt for other customers based on a variety of 
factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, macroeconomic considerations, and historical experience. If 
circumstances related to specific customers change, the Company’s estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further 
adjusted. The Company recorded a benefit of $23.8 million in fiscal 2021 related to reserves for expected credit losses.  The Company 
recorded $80.0 million and $11.5 million in provision for expected credit losses for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively.  

Inventories  

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of food and non-food products. The Company values inventories primarily at the 
lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. At July 3, 2021, the Company’s inventory balance of $1,839.4 
million consists primarily of finished goods, $1,591.5 million of which was valued at FIFO. As of July 3, 2021, $247.9 million of the 
inventory balance was valued at last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) using the link chain technique of the dollar value method. At July 3, 2021 
and June 27, 2020, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $50.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively. Costs in inventory include the 
purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the Company’s warehouses and are net of certain 
consideration received from vendors in the amount of $50.9 million and $48.0 million as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, 
respectively. The Company adjusts its inventory balances for slow-moving, excess, and obsolete inventories. These adjustments are 
based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items, and overall economic conditions. As of July 3, 2021 and 
June 27, 2020, the Company had adjusted its inventories by approximately $19.7 million and $23.2 million, respectively.  

54 
54

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
Property, Plant, and Equipment  

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, including finance lease assets, 
is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 39 years, 
and is included primarily in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.  

Certain internal and external costs related to the development of internal use software are capitalized within property, plant, and 

equipment during the application development stage.  

When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. 

The difference between the net book value of the asset and proceeds from disposition is recognized as a gain or loss. Routine 
maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while costs of betterments and renewals are capitalized.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

Long-lived assets held and used by the Company, including intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of 
evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the 
projected, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. Based on the Company’s 
assessments, no impairment losses were recorded in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, or fiscal 2019.  

Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Other Intangible Assets  

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company’s financial 

statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. Goodwill and other intangible 
assets represent the excess of cost of an acquired entity over the amounts specifically assigned to those tangible net assets acquired in 
a business combination. Other identifiable intangible assets typically include customer relationships, trade names, technology, non-
compete agreements, and favorable lease assets. Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangibles with 
definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which generally range from two to twelve years. Annually, 
or when certain triggering events occur, the Company assesses the useful lives of its intangibles with definite lives. Certain 
assumptions, estimates, and judgments are used in determining the fair value of net assets acquired, including goodwill and other 
intangible assets, as well as determining the allocation of goodwill to the reporting units. Accordingly, the Company may obtain the 
assistance of third-party valuation specialists for the valuation of significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are 
based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but that are 
inherently uncertain. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace 
participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), economic 
barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or 
macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.  

The Company is required to test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more 

often if circumstances indicate. Indicators of goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to, significant declines in the markets 
and industries that buy the Company’s products, changes in the estimated future cash flows of its reporting units, changes in capital 
markets, and changes in its market capitalization. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to 
assess impairment at the end of each fiscal year.  

The Company applies the guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 
2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which provides entities with an option to perform a 
qualitative assessment (commonly referred to as “step zero”) to determine whether further quantitative analysis for impairment of 
goodwill is necessary. In performing step zero for the Company’s goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to make 
assumptions and judgments including but not limited to the following: the evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as related to the 
Company’s business, industry and market trends, and the overall future financial performance of its reporting units and future 
opportunities in the markets in which they operate. If impairment indicators are present after performing step zero, the Company 
would perform a quantitative impairment analysis to estimate the fair value of goodwill.  

During fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, the Company performed the step zero analysis for its goodwill impairment test. As a result 

of the Company’s step zero analysis, no further quantitative impairment test was deemed necessary for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020. 
There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, or fiscal 2019.  

55 
55

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Insurance Program  

The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability and workers’ 

compensation. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance carriers and subject to certain 
limitations and exclusions. The Company also maintains self-funded group medical insurance. The Company accrues its estimated 
liability for these deductibles, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims 
history. The estimated short-term portion of these accruals is included in Accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance 
sheets, while the estimated long-term portion of the accruals is included in Other long-term liabilities. The provisions for insurance 
claims include estimates of the frequency and timing of claims occurrence, as well as the ultimate amounts to be paid. These insurance 
programs are managed by a third party, and the deductibles for general and vehicle liability and workers compensation are primarily 
collateralized by letters of credit and restricted cash.  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“OCI”)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as all changes in equity during each period except for those resulting from net 
income (loss) and investments by or distributions to shareholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists primarily of gains or 
losses from derivative financial instruments that are designated in a hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that qualify as 
cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and 
reclassified into earnings during the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.  

Revenue Recognition  

The Company markets and distributes national and company-branded food and food-related products to customer locations 
across the United States. The Foodservice segment supplies a “broad line” of products to its customers, including the Company’s 
performance brands and custom-cut meats and seafood, as well as products that are specific to each customer’s menu requirements. 
Vistar distributes candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco products, and other products to various customer channels. The 
Company disaggregates revenue by product offerings and determined that disaggregating revenue at the segment level achieves the 
disclosure objective to depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic 
factors. Refer to Note 19. Segment Information for external revenue by reportable segment. 

The Company assesses the products and services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies a performance 
obligation for each promise to transfer to the customer a product or service (or a bundle of products or services) that is distinct. The 
Company determined that fulfilling and delivering customer orders constitutes a single performance obligation. Revenue is recognized 
at the point in time when the Company has satisfied its performance obligation and the customer has obtained control of the products. 
The Company determined that the customer is able to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the products at 
the time the products are delivered to the customer’s requested destination. The Company considers control to have transferred upon 
delivery because the Company has a present right to payment at this time, the customer has legal title to the products, the Company 
has transferred physical possession of the assets, and the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership of the products.  

The transaction price recognized is the invoiced price, adjusted for any incentives, such as rebates and discounts granted to the 

customer. The Company estimates expected returns based on an analysis of historical experience. We adjust our estimate of revenue at 
the earlier of when the amount of consideration we expect to receive changes or when the consideration becomes fixed. The Company 
determined it is responsible for collecting and remitting state and local excise taxes on cigarettes and other tobacco products and 
presents billed excise taxes as part of revenue. Net sales includes amounts related to state and local excise taxes which totaled 
$1,195.8 million, $1,104.6 million, and $194.7 million for fiscal 2021,fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, respectively. The Company has 
made a policy election to exclude sales tax from the transaction price. The Company does not have any material significant payment 
terms as payment is received shortly after the point of sale. 

The Company has customer contracts in which incentives are paid upfront to certain customers. These payments have become 
industry practice and are not related to financing the customer’s business, nor are they associated with any distinct good or service to 
be received from the customer. These incentive payments are capitalized and amortized over the life of the contract or the expected 
life of the customer relationship on a straight-line basis. The Company’s contract asset for these incentives totaled $19.9 million and 
$15.3 million as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, respectively. 

The Company recognizes substantially all of its revenue on a gross basis as a principal. When assessing whether the Company is 

acting as a principal or an agent, the Company considered the indicators that an entity controls the specified good or service before it 
is transferred to the customer detailed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606-10-55-39. The Company believes it 
earns substantially all revenue as a principal from the sale of products because the Company is responsible for the fulfillment and 
acceptability of products purchased. Additionally, the Company holds the general inventory risk for the products, as it takes title to the 
products before the products are ordered by customers and maintains products in inventory. 

56 
56

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Cost of Goods Sold  

Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, the cost of transportation necessary to bring the 
products to the Company’s facilities, plus depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment. The Company determined it is 
responsible for remitting state and local excise taxes on cigarettes and other tobacco products and presents remittances of excise taxes 
as part of cost of goods sold.  Additionally, federal excise taxes are levied on manufacturers who pass these taxes on to the Company 
as a portion of the product costs. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a component of the Company’s excise taxes, but are reflected 
in the cost of inventory until products are sold. 

Operating Expenses  

Operating expenses include warehouse, delivery, occupancy, insurance, depreciation, amortization, salaries and wages, and 

employee benefits expenses.  

Vendor Rebates and Other Promotional Incentives  

The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily including volume and 

growth rebates, annual and multi-year incentives, and promotional programs. Consideration received under these incentives is 
generally recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold. However, as described below, in certain limited circumstances the 
consideration is recorded as a reduction of operating expenses incurred by the Company. Consideration received may be in the form of 
cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and 
are recognized in the period of change.  

Consideration received for incentives that contain volume and growth rebates and annual and multi-year incentives are recorded 

as a reduction of cost of goods sold. The Company systematically and rationally allocates the consideration for these incentives to 
each of the underlying transactions that results in progress by the Company toward earning the incentives. If the incentives are not 
probable and reasonably estimable, the Company records the incentives as the underlying objectives or milestones are achieved. The 
Company records annual and multi-year incentives when earned, generally over the agreement period. The Company uses current and 
historical purchasing data, forecasted purchasing volumes, and other factors in estimating whether the underlying objectives or 
milestones will be achieved. Consideration received to promote and sell the supplier’s products is typically a reimbursement of 
marketing costs incurred by the Company and is recorded as a reduction of the Company’s operating expenses. If the amount of 
consideration received from the suppliers exceeds the Company’s marketing costs, any excess is recorded as a reduction of cost of 
goods sold.  

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs  

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. Estimated shipping and handling costs incurred by the 
Company of $1,450.7 million, $1,197.7 million, and $985.9 million are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement 
of operations for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, respectively.  

Stock-Based Compensation  

The Company participates in the Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) 

and the Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”) and follows the fair value 
recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718-10-25, Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—Recognition. This guidance 
requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements. The Company recognizes expense 
for its stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. The Company estimates the fair value of 
service-based options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of service-based restricted stock, restricted stock 
with performance conditions and restricted stock units are based on the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. The Company 
estimates the fair value of options and restricted stock with market conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation. Compensation cost is 
recognized ratably over the requisite service period. For those options and restricted stock that have a performance condition, 
compensation expense is based upon the number of option or shares, as applicable, expected to vest after assessing the probability that 
the performance criteria will be met. The Company has made a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur.  

Compensation expense related to our employee stock purchase plan, which allows eligible employees to purchase our common 

stock at a 15% discount, represents the difference between the fair market value as of the purchase date and the employee purchase
price.

57 
57

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Income Taxes  

The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10, Income Taxes—Overall, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of 

accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of 
temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Future tax benefits, including net 
operating loss carryforwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Uncertain tax 
positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax 
audits, developments in case law, and closings of statutes of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as 
appropriate. Income tax calculations are made based on the tax laws enacted as of the date of the financial statements.  

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities  

As required by FASB ASC 815-20, Derivatives and Hedging—Hedging—General, the Company records all derivatives on the 
balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, 
whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the 
hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company primarily uses derivative contracts 
to manage the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows. A portion of these derivatives is designated and qualify as cash 
flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging 
instrument with the recognition of the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may 
enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not 
apply, or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under FASB ASC 815-20. In the event that the Company does not apply 
the provisions of hedge accounting, the derivative instruments are recorded as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheets 
at fair value, and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses and included in Other expense in the 
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See Note 9. Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information on the 
Company’s use of derivative instruments.  

The Company discloses derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with FASB ASC 815-10-50, Derivatives 
and Hedging—Overall—Disclosure. FASB ASC 815-10-50 sets forth the disclosure requirements with the intent to provide users of 
financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative 
instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB ASC 815-20, and (c) how derivative instruments and related 
hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FASB ASC 815-10-50 requires qualitative 
disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses 
on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.  

Fair Value Measurements  

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in 

an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value 
hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are 
as follows:  
• 

Level 1—Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;  
Level 2—Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for 
substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and  
Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which include management’s own assumption 
about the risk assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  

• 

• 

The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value and are evaluated in accordance with this hierarchy.  

Contingent Liabilities  

The Company records a liability related to contingencies when a loss is considered to be probable and a reasonable estimate of 

the loss can be made. This estimate would include legal fees, if applicable.  

58 
58

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
3. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements  

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses 
on Financial Instruments and has issued subsequent amendments to this guidance. The pronouncement changes the impairment model 
for most financial assets and will require the use of an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. Under this 
model, entities will be required to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the 
amortized cost basis of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. 
This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. 
The Company adopted the new standard at the beginning of fiscal 2021. Companies are required to apply the standard using a 
modified retrospective approach, with a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to beginning retained earnings on the effective date. 
The Company determined this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon 
adoption. Refer to Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates for further discussion of the Company’s reserve 
for credit losses related to its accounts receivable. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): 

Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. 
The amendments in this update align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a 
service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and 
hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement 
that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied 
either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company adopted this ASU 
on a prospective basis at the beginning of fiscal 2021. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's 
consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted  

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. 
The update simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions for intra-period tax allocations, recognition of 
deferred tax liabilities after a foreign subsidiary transitions to or from equity method accounting, and methodology of calculating 
income taxes in an interim period with year-to-date losses. Additionally, the guidance provides additional clarification on other areas, 
including step-up of the tax basis of goodwill recorded as part of an acquisition and the treatment of franchise taxes that are partially 
based on income. This pronouncement is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early 
adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt this new ASU in fiscal 2022. Companies are required to apply the standard on a 
prospective basis, except for certain sections of the guidance which shall be applied on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis. 
The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of this ASU on its future consolidated financial statements but does not expect 
this update to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

4. 

Business Combinations  

During fiscal year 2021, the Company paid cash of $18.1 million for two acquisitions. During fiscal year 2020, the Company 

paid cash of $1,989.0 million for one acquisition and during fiscal 2019, the Company paid cash of $214.2 million for four 
acquisitions. The acquisitions of Reinhart Foodservice, LLC (“Reinhart”) in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and the acquisition of Eby-
Brown Company, LLC (“Eby-Brown”) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. Reinhart contributed $2,525.0 million to net sales in fiscal 
2020 and contributed $55.0 million to net loss in fiscal 2020. Eby-Brown contributed $949.7 million to net sales in fiscal 2019 and did 
not have a material impact to net income for fiscal 2019. The other acquisitions did not materially affect the Company’s results of 
operations. 

The acquisition of Eby-Brown included contingent consideration, including earnout payments in the event certain operating 
results are achieved during a defined post-closing period. Total contingent consideration outstanding was $191.2 million as of June 27, 
2020. In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company paid the first earnout payment of $185.6 million, which included $68.3 million 
as a financing activity cash outflow and $117.3 million as an operating activity cash outflow in the consolidated statement of cash 
flows for fiscal 2021. As of July 3, 2021, the Company has accrued $6.6 million related to additional earnout payments. Earnout 
liabilities are measured using unobservable inputs that are considered a Level 3 measurement.  

On December 30, 2019, the Company acquired Reinhart from Reyes Holdings, L.L.C. in a transaction valued at $2.0 billion, or 

approximately $1.7 billion net of an estimated tax benefit to the Company of approximately $265 million. The $2.0 billion purchase 

59 
59

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
price was financed with $464.7 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility, net proceeds of $1,033.7 million from new senior 
unsecured Notes due 2027, and net proceeds of $490.6 million from an offering of shares of the Company’s common stock. The 
Reinhart acquisition expanded the Company’s broadline presence by enhancing its distribution footprint in key geographies, and the 
Company believes it will help achieve its long-term growth goals. The Reinhart acquisition is reported in the Foodservice segment. In 
the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company paid a total of $67.3 million related to the final net working capital acquired, which is 
reflected as a financing activity cash outflow in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021. 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. The following 
table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the fiscal 
2020 acquisition of Reinhart. 

(In millions) 
Net working capital 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets with definite lives: 

Customer relationships 
Trade names and trademarks 
Technology 
Non-compete 

Property, plant and equipment 

Total purchase price 

Fiscal 2020 

   $ 

   $ 

108.6   
587.2   

642.0   
174.0   
3.1   
1.0   
473.1   
1,989.0   

The following table summarizes the unaudited pro-forma consolidated financial information of the Company as if the Reinhart 

acquisition had occurred on July 1, 2018.  

(in millions) 
Net Sales 
Net Income 

Fiscal year ended 

June 27, 2020 

June 29, 2019 

   $ 

28,217.7      $ 
(122.5 )   

25,921.4   
91.5   

These pro-forma results include nonrecurring pro-forma adjustments related to acquisition costs incurred.  The pro-forma net 
income for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2019, includes $21.2 million, after-tax, of acquisition costs assuming the acquisition had 
occurred July 1, 2018. The recurring pro-forma adjustments include estimates of interest expense for the Notes due 2027 and estimates 
of depreciation and amortization associated with fair value adjustments for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 
acquired. 

These unaudited pro-forma results do not necessarily represent financial results that would have been achieved had the 

acquisition actually occurred on July 1, 2018 or future consolidated results of operations of the Company. 

On May 17, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive agreement and plan of merger to acquire Core-Mark Holdings 

Company, Inc. (“Core-Mark”) in a stock and cash transaction. Under the terms of the transaction, Core-Mark shareholders will receive 
$23.875 per share in cash and 0.44 of the Company’s shares for each Core-Mark share. The transaction values Core-Mark at 
approximately $2.5 billion, including Core-Mark’s net debt. The closing of the contemplated transaction is subject to customary 
conditions, including Core-Mark shareholder approval. The cash portion of the purchase price is expected to be financed with 
borrowings under the ABL Facility.  The Company expects the transaction to close in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. 

60 
60

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
     
     
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
5.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

The Company recorded additions to goodwill in connection with its acquisitions. The goodwill is a result of expected synergies 

from combined operations of the acquisitions and the Company. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of 
goodwill:  

(In millions) 
Balance as of June 29, 2019 
Acquisition 
Balance as of June 27, 2020 
Acquisitions 
Adjustment related to prior year acquisition (1) 
Balance as of July 3, 2021 

   Foodservice 
   $ 

615.7      $ 
587.2        
1,202.9        
-        
(3.5 )      
1,199.4      $ 

Vistar 

Other 

Total 

110.9      $ 
-   
110.9        
5.2        
-        
116.1      $ 

39.2      $ 
—   
39.2        
-        
-        
39.2      $ 

765.8   
587.2   
1,353.0   
5.2   
(3.5 ) 
1,354.7   

   $ 

(1)  The fiscal 2021 adjustment related to prior year acquisition is the result of net working capital adjustments.  

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets by major category as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020:  

(In millions) 
Intangible assets with definite lives: 

Customer relationships 
Trade names and trademarks 
Deferred financing costs 
Non-compete 
Technology 

Total intangible assets with definite lives 
Intangible assets with indefinite lives: 

Goodwill 
Trade names 

Total intangible assets with indefinite lives 

As of July 3, 2021 

As of June 27, 2020 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated 
Amortization     

Net 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated 
Amortization     

Net 

Range of 
Lives 

  $ 1,154.1     $ 
     298.6       
61.1       
38.1       
29.2       
  $ 1,581.1     $ 

(541.7 )   $  612.4     $ 1,148.0     $ 
(160.5 )      138.1        297.8       
61.1       
12.2       
(48.9 )     
36.8       
5.6       
(32.5 )     
(26.7 )     
29.2       
2.5       
(810.3 )   $  770.8     $ 1,572.9     $ 

(456.2 )   $  691.8      4 – 12 years 
4 – 9 years 
(126.4 )   $  171.4     
17.5      Debt term 
2 – 5 years 
9.4     
5 – 8 years 
2.9     
(679.9 )   $  893.0     

(43.6 )   $ 
(27.4 )   $ 
(26.3 )   $ 

  $ 1,354.7     $ 
25.6       
  $ 1,380.3     $ 

—     $ 1,354.7     $ 1,353.0     $ 
—       
25.6       
25.6       
—     $ 1,380.3     $ 1,378.6     $ 

—     $ 1,353.0     
—       
25.6     
—     $ 1,378.6     

Indefinite 
Indefinite 

For the intangible assets with definite lives, the Company recorded amortization expense of $130.4 million for fiscal 2021, 

$100.1 million for fiscal 2020, and $42.1 million for fiscal 2019. For the next five fiscal periods and thereafter, the estimated future 
amortization expense on intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:  

(In millions) 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
Thereafter 
Total amortization expense 

   $ 

   $ 

129.6   
103.1   
96.2   
88.0   
81.9   
272.0   
770.8   

6. 

Concentration of Sales and Credit Risk  

At July 3, 2021, the Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated net sales.  For fiscal 2020, one 

of the Company’s customers within the Vistar segment accounted for a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated net sales. At 
June 27, 2020, net sales from this customer represented approximately 10.2% of consolidated net sales of $25,086.3 million.  The 
Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2019. At July 3, 2021 and June 27, 
2020, respectively, the Company had no customers that comprised more than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable. The Company 
maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for which details are disclosed in the accounts receivable portion of Note 2. Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounts Receivable.  

61 
61

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
     
     
     
  
     
    
    
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
        
        
        
        
        
      
  
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
      
  
    
  
 
 
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts 
receivable. The Company’s customer base includes a large number of individual restaurants, national and regional chain restaurants, 
and franchises and other institutional customers. The credit risk associated with accounts receivable is minimized by the Company’s 
large customer base and ongoing monitoring of customer creditworthiness.  

7.   Property, Plant, and Equipment  

Property, plant, and equipment as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020 consisted of the following:  

(In millions) 
Buildings and building improvements 
Land 
Transportation equipment 
Warehouse and plant equipment 
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Construction-in-process 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

  $ 

  $ 

As of 

July 3, 2021      

As of 

June 27, 2020      Range of Lives 

10 – 39 years   
—   
2 – 10 years   
3 – 20 years   
2 – 10 years   
Lease term(1)   

842.0     $ 
96.0       
565.4       
447.8       
385.2       
212.7       
61.5       
2,610.6       
(1,021.0 )     
1,589.6     $ 

801.2     
93.5        
440.4     
376.0     
374.1     
139.9     
108.3        
2,333.4        
(854.4 )      
1,479.0        

(1)  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the lease term.  

Total depreciation expense for the fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019 was $213.9 million, $178.5 million, and 

$116.2 million, respectively, and is included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.  

8. 

Debt  

The Company is a holding company and conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which have incurred or guaranteed 

indebtedness as described below.  

Debt consisted of the following:  

(In millions) 

As of July 3, 2021 

ABL Facility 
5.500% Notes due 2024 
6.875% Notes due 2025 
5.500% Notes due 2027 
Less: Original issue discount and deferred financing costs       

   $ 

Long-term debt 
Less: current installments 

Total debt, excluding current installments 

   $ 

      As of June 27, 2020    
710.0   
350.0   
275.0   
1,060.0   
(38.1 ) 
2,356.9   
(107.6 ) 
2,249.3   

586.3      $ 
350.0        
275.0        
1,060.0        
(30.8 )      
2,240.5        
-        
2,240.5      $ 

On July 26, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”), issued and sold $1.0 
billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.250% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes due 2029”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of 
July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2029 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct 
and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The 
Notes due 2029 are not guaranteed by the Company. 

Initially the Company expected to use the proceeds from the Notes due 2029 to finance the cash consideration payable in 
connection with the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition, to redeem the Notes due 2024, and to pay the fees, expenses, and other 
transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2029. However, since there is no requirement to hold the funds in escrow 
until the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition closes, a portion of the net proceeds from the Notes due 2029 were used to pay down the 
outstanding balance of the ABL Facility on July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2024 were redeemed in full on July 27, 2021. The Company 
now expects to fund the cash consideration for the Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition with borrowings under the ABL Facility. If the 

62 
62

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
  
       
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
Proposed Core-Mark Acquisition is not consummated, Performance Food Group, Inc. will be required to redeem the Notes due 2029 
at a price equal to 100% of the issue price plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

In connection with the Core-Mark acquisition, the Company is seeking an amendment and restatement of the ABL Facility that 
would, among other things, provide an additional $1.0 billion of revolving and term loan commitments, for a total of up to $4.0 billion 
(the “ABL Amendment”). It is anticipated that the ABL Amendment will be consummated after closing of the Core-Mark acquisition. 

ABL Facility 

PFGC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is a party to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated 

December 30, 2019 (as amended by the First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 
2020, and the Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 15, 2020, the “ABL Facility”). 
The ABL Facility has an aggregate principal amount of $3.0 billion and matures on December 30, 2024. The incremental $110 
million, 364-day maturity loan that was junior to the other obligations owed under the ABL Facility (“Additional Junior Term Loan”) 
was paid off early and in full on February 5, 2021. Performance Food Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, is the lead 
borrower under the ABL Facility, which is jointly and severally guaranteed by, and secured by the majority of the assets of, PFGC and 
all material domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other 
excluded subsidiaries). Availability for loans and letters of credit under the ABL Facility is governed by a borrowing base, determined 
by the application of specified advance rates against eligible assets, including trade accounts receivable, inventory, owned real 
properties, and owned transportation equipment. The borrowing base is reduced quarterly by a cumulative fraction of the real 
properties and transportation equipment values. Advances on accounts receivable and inventory are subject to change based on 
periodic commercial finance examinations and appraisals, and the real property and transportation equipment values included in the 
borrowing base are subject to change based on periodic appraisals. Audits and appraisals are conducted at the direction of the 
administrative agent for the benefit and on behalf of all lenders. 

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at Performance Food Group, Inc.’s option, at (a) the Base Rate (defined as the 
greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate on such day, or (iii) one month LIBOR plus 
1.0%) plus a spread or (b) LIBOR plus a spread. The ABL Facility also provides for an unused commitment fee rate of 0.25% per 
annum. Borrowings under the Additional Junior Term Loan, which was paid off early and in full on February 5, 2021, bore interest at 
LIBOR plus 5.0% per annum with respect to any loan which was a LIBOR loan and Prime plus 4.0% per annum with respect to any 
loan which was a base rate loan. 

The following table summarizes outstanding borrowings, availability, and the average interest rate under the ABL Facility:  

(Dollars in millions) 

   As of July 3, 2021 

As of June 27, 
2020 

Aggregate borrowings 
Letters of credit under ABL Facility 
Excess availability, net of lenders’ reserves of $55.1 and $64.9 
Average interest rate 

  $ 

586.3      $ 
161.7        
2,252.0        
2.32 %     

710.0   
139.6   
1,712.2   

2.85 % 

The ABL Facility contains covenants requiring the maintenance of a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio if 
excess availability falls below the greater of (i) $200.0 million and (ii) 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and the revolving 
credit facility amount for five consecutive business days. The ABL Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants that include, 
but are not limited to, restrictions on PFGC’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, make investments or 
specified payments, and dispose of assets. The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default, including payment defaults and 
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, amounts due under such agreement may 
be accelerated and the rights and remedies of the lenders under the ABL Facility may be exercised, including rights with respect to the 
collateral securing the obligations under such agreement.  

Subsequent to July 3, 2021, the outstanding balance of the ABL Facility was paid down to zero using a portion of the net 

proceeds from the issuance of the Notes due 2029.  

Senior Notes due 2024 

On May 17, 2016, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% 
Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Notes due 2024”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2016. The Notes due 2024 are jointly and 
severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC 
(other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2024 are not guaranteed by the Company.  

63 
63

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
The proceeds from the Notes due 2024 were used to pay in full the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of loans 

under the Company’s term loan facility and to terminate the facility; to temporarily repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings 
under the ABL Facility; and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2024.  

The Notes due 2024 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2024 mature on June 1, 2024, and bear interest at a 

rate of 5.500% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.  

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2024 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2024 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. On July 27, 2021, Performance Food 
Group, Inc. redeemed, in full, the Notes due 2024 at a price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid 
interest. 

Senior Notes due 2027 

On September 27, 2019, PFG Escrow Corporation (the “Escrow Issuer”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PFGC, issued and sold 

$1,060.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.500% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes due 2027”). The Notes due 2027 are 
jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries 
of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2027 are not guaranteed by the 
Company. 

The proceeds from the Notes due 2027 along with an offering of shares of the Company’s common stock and borrowings under 

the ABL Facility, were used to fund the cash consideration for the Reinhart acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses.  

The Notes due 2027 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2027 mature on October 15, 2027 and bear interest 

at a rate of 5.500% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears. 

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2027 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2027 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may 
redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2027 at any time prior to October 15, 2022, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Notes due 2027 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on October 15, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of 
the Notes due 2027 at a redemption price equal to 102.750% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 
redemption price decreases to 101.375% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on October 15, 2023, and October 15, 2024, 
respectively. In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes 
due 2027 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 105.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest. 

The indenture governing the Notes due 2027 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other 
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with 
affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of 
PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted 
subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. 
The Notes due 2027 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued 
interest on the Notes due 2027 to become or be declared due and payable. 

Senior Notes due 2025 

On April 24, 2020, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.875% 

Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes due 2025”), pursuant to an indenture dated as of April 24, 2020. The Notes due 2025 are jointly 
and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of 
PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2025 are not guaranteed by the 
Company.  

The proceeds from the Notes due 2025 were used for working capital and general corporate purposes and to pay the fees, 

expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2025.  

64 
64

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
The Notes due 2025 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2025 mature on May 1, 2025, and bear interest at a 

rate of 6.875% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.  

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2025 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2025 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may 
redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2025 at any time prior to May 1, 2022, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Notes due 2025 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on May 1, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of the 
Notes due 2025 at a redemption price equal to 103.438% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 
redemption price decreases to 101.719% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on May 1, 2023, and May 1, 2024, 
respectively. In addition, at any time prior to May 1, 2022, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes due 
2025 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 106.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest.  

The indenture governing the Notes due 2025 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other 
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with 
affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of 
PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted 
subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. 
The Notes due 2025 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued 
interest on the Notes due 2025 to become or be declared due and payable.  

Senior Notes due 2029 

On July 26, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc. issued and sold $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of its Notes due 2029, 

pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 26, 2021. The Notes due 2029 are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured 
basis by PFGC and all domestic direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of PFGC (other than captive insurance subsidiaries and 
other excluded subsidiaries). The Notes due 2029 are not guaranteed by the Company.  

The proceeds from the Notes due 2029 were used to redeem the Notes due 2024, pay down the outstanding balance of the ABL 

Facility and to pay the fees, expenses, and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the Notes due 2029. If the Proposed 
Core-Mark Acquisition is not consummated, we will be required to redeem the Notes due 2029 at a price equal to 100% of the issue 
price plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

The Notes due 2029 were issued at 100.0% of their par value. The Notes due 2029 mature on August 1, 2029, and bear interest 

at a rate of 4.250% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears.  

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event or upon the sale of certain assets in which Performance Food 
Group, Inc. does not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the Notes due 2029 will have the right to require Performance Food 
Group, Inc. to repurchase each holder’s Notes due 2029 at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control triggering event) 
or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Performance Food Group, Inc. may 
redeem all or a part of the Notes due 2029 at any time prior to August 1, 2024, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal 
amount of the Notes due 2029 being redeemed plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not 
including, the redemption date. In addition, beginning on August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem all or a part of 
the Notes due 2029 at a redemption price equal to 102.125% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The 
redemption price decreases to 101.163% and 100% of the principal amount redeemed on August 1, 2025, and August 1, 2026, 
respectively. In addition, at any time prior to August 1, 2024, Performance Food Group, Inc. may redeem up to 40% of the Notes due 
2029 from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest.  

The indenture governing the Notes due 2029 contains covenants limiting, among other things, PFGC’s and its restricted 
subsidiaries’ ability to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; pay dividends and make other 
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into transactions with 
affiliates; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; create certain restrictions on the ability of 
PFGC’s restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to PFGC; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted 
subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. 

65 
65

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
The Notes due 2029 also contain customary events of default, the occurrence of which could result in the principal of and accrued 
interest on the Notes due 2029 to become or be declared due and payable.  

The ABL Facility and the indentures governing the Notes due 2025, the Note due 2027, the Notes due 2024, and the Notes due 

2029 contain customary restrictive covenants under which all of the net assets of PFGC and its subsidiaries were restricted from 
distribution to Performance Food Group Company, except for approximately $1,543.6 million of restricted payment capacity available 
under such debt agreements, as of July 3, 2021. Such minimum estimated restricted payment capacity is calculated based on the most 
restrictive of our debt agreements and may fluctuate from period to period, which fluctuations may be material.  Our restricted 
payment capacity under other debt instruments to which the Company is subject may be materially higher than the foregoing estimate. 

Fiscal year maturities of long-term debt, excluding finance lease obligations, are as follows:  

(In millions) 
2022 
2023 
2024 (1) 
2025 
2026 
Thereafter 
Total long-term debt, excluding finance lease obligations 

   $ 

   $ 

-   
-   
350.0   
861.3   
-   
1,060.0   
2,271.3   

(1)  On July 27, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc. redeemed, in full, the $350.0 million related to the Notes due 2024. 

9.   Derivatives and Hedging Activities  
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives  

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company 

principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business 
activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, 
sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into 
derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future 
known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates and diesel fuel costs. The Company’s 
derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or 
expected cash receipts and payments related to the Company’s borrowings and diesel fuel purchases. 

The entire change in the fair value of derivatives that are both designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other 

comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction occurs.  

Hedges of Interest Rate Risk  

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to 

interest rate movements. Since the Company has a substantial portion of its debt in variable-rate instruments, it accomplishes this 
objective with interest rate swaps. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts 
from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the 
underlying notional amount. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges.  

As of July 3, 2021, Performance Food Group, Inc. had five interest rate swaps with a combined $700.0 million notional amount. 

The following table summarizes the outstanding Swap Agreements as of July 3, 2021 (in millions): 

Effective Date 
August 9, 2018 
August 9, 2018 
June 30, 2020 
August 9, 2021 
April 15, 2021 

Maturity Date 

August 9, 2021    $ 
August 9, 2021    $ 
December 31, 2021    $ 
April 9, 2023    $ 
December 15, 2024    $ 

Notional 
Amount 

Fixed Rate 
Swapped 

75.0        
75.0        
100.0        
100.0        
350.0        

1.21 % 
1.20 % 
2.16 % 
2.93 % 
0.84 % 

66 
66

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
    
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The tables below present the effect of the interest rate swaps designated in hedging relationships on the consolidated statement 

of operations for the fiscal years ended July 3, 2021, June 27, 2020, and June 29, 2019:  

(in millions) 
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, pre-tax 
Tax expense (benefit) 
Amount of (gain) loss recognized in OCI, after-tax 
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest expense, 
pre-tax 
Tax benefit (expense) 
Amount of (loss) gain reclassified from OCI into interest expense, 
after-tax 
Total interest expense 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 
   $ 

Fiscal year 
ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year 
ended 

June 27, 2020      

(2.4 )    $ 
0.6        
(1.8 )    $ 

(4.3 )    $ 
1.1        

12.6      $ 
(3.3 )      
9.3      $ 

1.0      $ 
(0.2 )      

(3.2 )    $ 
152.4      $ 

0.8      $ 
116.9      $ 

Fiscal year 
ended 
June 29, 2019    
8.4   
(2.1 ) 
6.3   

4.0   
(0.9 ) 

3.1   
65.4   

As hedged interest payments are made on the Company’s debt, amounts are reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive 
(loss) income to Interest expense. During the twelve months ending July 2, 2022, the Company estimates that losses of approximately 
$5.6 million will be reclassified to interest expense.  

Hedges of Forecasted Diesel Fuel Purchases  

From time to time, Performance Food Group, Inc. enters into costless collar or swap arrangements to manage its exposure to 

variability in cash flows expected to be paid for its forecasted purchases of diesel fuel. As of July 3, 2021, Performance Food Group, 
Inc. was a party to five such arrangements, with an aggregate 18.9 million-gallon original notional amount, of which an aggregate 18.9 
million gallon notional was remaining. The remaining 18.9 million gallon forecasted purchases of diesel fuel are expected to be made 
between July 4, 2021 and December 31, 2022.  

The fuel collar and swap instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the derivative instruments are recorded 

as an asset or liability on the balance sheet at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in the period of change as 
unrealized gains or losses on fuel hedging instruments and included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of 
operations. For the fiscal years ended July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, the Company recognized gains of $8.4 million and losses of 
$4.7 million, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of fuel collar and swap instruments along with $2.0 million and $1.8 
million of expense, respectively, related to cash settlements. 

The Company does not currently have a payable or receivable related to cash collateral for its derivatives, and therefore it has 

not established an accounting policy for offsetting the fair value of its derivatives against such balances. The table below presents the 
fair value of the derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheet as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 
2020:  

   Balance Sheet Location 

Fair Value 
as of 
July 3, 2021 

Fair Value 
as of 
June 27, 2020    

(in millions) 
Assets 
Derivatives not designated as hedges: 
Diesel fuel derivative instruments 
Diesel fuel derivative instruments 
Other derivative instruments 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Derivatives designated as hedges: 

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
   Other assets 
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

   $ 

   $ 

Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps 

   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities    $ 
   Other long-term liabilities 

Derivatives not designated as hedges: 
Diesel fuel derivative instruments 
Diesel fuel derivative instruments 

Total liabilities 

   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities    $ 
   Other long-term liabilities 

     $ 

67 
67

3.4      $ 
0.1        
0.2        
3.7      $ 

5.3      $ 
1.7        

-        
-        
7.0      $ 

-   
-   
-   
-   

3.7   
10.0   

4.8   
0.1   
18.6   

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
    
     
     
 
  
    
  
       
         
    
     
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
         
    
     
     
         
    
     
     
     
         
    
     
  
 
All of the Company’s derivative contracts are subject to a master netting arrangement with the respective counterparties that 
provide for the net settlement of all derivative contracts in the event of default or upon the occurrence of certain termination events. 
Upon exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and 
the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions, and (iii) the 
only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.  

The Company has elected to present the derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the balance sheet on a gross basis for periods 
ended July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020. The tables below present the derivative assets and liability balance, before and after the effects 
of offsetting, as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020: 

Gross 
Amounts 
Presented 
in the 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet      

July 3, 2021 
Gross Amounts 
Not Offset in 
the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 
Subject to 
Netting 
Agreements 

Gross Amounts 
Presented in 
the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet      

Net 
Amounts 

June 27, 2020 
Gross Amounts 
Not Offset in 
the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 
Subject to 
Netting 
Agreements 

Net 
Amounts 

   $ 

3.7      $ 
(7.0 )      

(2.4 )    $ 
2.4        

1.3      $ 
(4.6 )      

-      $ 

(18.6 )   

-      $ 
-        

-   
(18.6 ) 

(In millions) 
Total asset derivatives: 
Total liability derivatives: 

The derivative instruments are the only assets or liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fuel collars 

are exchange-traded commodities and their fair value is derived from valuation models based on certain assumptions regarding market 
conditions, some of which may be unobservable. Based on the lack of significance of these unobservable inputs, the Company has 
concluded that these instruments represent Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s interest rate swap 
agreements are determined using a valuation model with several inputs and assumptions, some of which may be unobservable. A 
specific unobservable input used by the Company in determining the fair value of its interest rate swaps is an estimation of both the 
unsecured borrowing spread to LIBOR for the Company as well as that of the derivative counterparties. Based on the lack of 
significance of this estimated spread component to the overall value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, the Company has 
concluded that these swaps represent Level 2 on the hierarchy.  

Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features  

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that provide that if the Company either defaults or is 

capable of being declared in default on any of its indebtedness, the Company can also be declared in default on its derivative 
obligations.  

As of July 3, 2021, the aggregate fair value amount of derivative instruments in a liability position that contain contingent 
features was $4.6 million.  As of July 3, 2021, the Company has not been required to post any collateral related to these agreements.  
If the Company breached any of these provisions, it would be required to settle the obligations under the agreements at their 
termination value of $4.6 million. 

68 
68

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
     
 
10. 

Insurance Program Liabilities  
The Company maintains high-deductible insurance programs covering portions of general and vehicle liability, workers’ 
compensation, and group medical insurance. The amounts in excess of the deductibles are fully insured by third-party insurance 
carriers, subject to certain limitations. A summary of the activity in all types of deductible liabilities appears below:  

(In millions) 
Balance at June 30, 2018 
Additional liabilities assumed in connection with an 
acquisition 
Charged to costs and expenses 
Payments 
Balance at June 29, 2019 
Additional liabilities assumed in connection with an 
acquisition 
Charged to costs and expenses 
Payments 
Balance at June 27, 2020 
Charged to costs and expenses 
Payments 
Balance at July 3, 2021 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

107.4   

5.7   
173.0   
(163.0 ) 
123.1   

40.2   
202.2   
(183.7 ) 
181.8   
236.6   
(240.3 ) 
178.1   

11.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, outstanding checks in excess of deposits, trade accounts payable, and accrued 

expenses approximate their fair values because of the relatively short maturities of those instruments. The derivative assets and 
liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of long-term debt, which has a carrying value of $2,240.5 
million and $2,356.9 million, is $2,346.2 million and $2,402.0 million at July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, respectively, and is 
determined by reviewing current market pricing related to comparable debt issued at the time of the balance sheet date, and is 
considered a Level 2 measurement. 

12.  Leases  

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and recognizes a financing or operating lease liability and 
right-of-use asset in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for both operating and finance 
leases are recognized based on present value of lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. Since the Company’s 
leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at 
commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. This rate was determined by using the yield curve based on the 
Company’s credit rating adjusted for the Company’s specific debt profile and secured debt risk. Leases with an initial term of 12 
months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The lease expenses for these short-term leases are recognized on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term. The Company has several lease agreements that contain lease and non-lease components, such as 
maintenance, taxes, and insurance, which are accounted for separately. The difference between the operating lease right-of-use assets 
and operating lease liabilities primarily relates to adjustments for deferred rent, favorable leases, and prepaid rent. 

Subsidiaries of the Company have entered into numerous operating and finance leases for various warehouses, office facilities, 
equipment, tractors, and trailers. Our leases have remaining lease terms of less than 1 year to 19 years, some of which include options 
to extend the leases for up to 10 years, and some of which include options to terminate the leases within 1 year. Certain full-service 
fleet lease agreements include variable lease payments associated with usage, which are recorded and paid as incurred. When 
calculating lease liabilities, lease terms will include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the 
Company will exercise that option.   

Certain of the leases for tractors, trailers, and other vehicles and equipment provide for residual value guarantees to the lessors. 

Circumstances that would require the subsidiary to perform under the guarantees include either (1) default on the leases with the 
leased assets being sold for less than the specified residual values in the lease agreements, or (2) decisions not to purchase the assets at 
the end of the lease terms combined with the sale of the assets, with sales proceeds less than the residual value of the leased assets 
specified in the lease agreements. Residual value guarantees under these operating lease agreements typically range between 6% and 
16% of the value of the leased assets at inception of the lease. These leases have original terms ranging from 5 to 7 years and 
expiration dates ranging from 2021 to 2027. As of July 3, 2021, the undiscounted maximum amount of potential future payments for 
lease residual value guarantees totaled approximately $19.6 million, which would be mitigated by the fair value of the leased assets at 
lease expiration.  

69 
69

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
     
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
The following table presents the location of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance 

sheet as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020 (in millions), as well as the weighted-average lease term and discount rate for the 
Company’s leases: 

Leases 
Assets: 
Operating 
Finance 
Total lease assets 
Liabilities: 
Current 

Operating 
Finance 
Non-current 

Operating 

Finance 

Total lease liabilities 

  Consolidated Balance Sheet Location 

  Operating lease right-of-use assets 
  Property, plant and equipment, net 

  Operating lease obligations—current installments 
  Finance lease obligations—current installments 

Operating lease obligations, excluding current 
installments 
Finance lease obligations, excluding current 
installments 

Weighted average remaining lease term     

Operating leases 
Finance leases 

Weighted average discount rate 

Operating leases 
Finance leases 

As of 
July 3, 2021 

As of 
June 27, 2020 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

438.7   
294.6   
733.3   

77.0   
48.7   

378.0   

255.0   
758.7   

  $ 

441.2   
206.2   
647.4   

84.4   
30.3   

362.4   

185.7   
662.8   

8.6 years   
6.2 years   

8.0 years   
6.7 years   

4.6 %      
4.5 %      

4.9 % 
5.2 % 

The following table presents the location of lease costs in the Company consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal years 

ended July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020 (in millions): 

Lease Cost 
Finance lease cost: 

Amortization of finance lease assets 
Interest on lease liabilities 
Total finance lease cost 

Operating lease cost 
Short-term lease cost 
Total lease cost 

   Statement of Operations Location 

July 3, 2021 

June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 

   Operating expenses 
   Interest expense 

   Operating expenses 
   Operating expenses 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

37.0   
13.0   
50.0   
108.4   
23.7   
182.1   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

24.4   
10.3   
34.7   
111.3   
23.0   
169.0   

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the periods reported is as follows (in millions): 

(In millions) 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from operating leases 
Operating cash flows from finance leases 
Financing cash flows from finance leases 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations: 

   $ 

Operating leases 
Finance leases 

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

100.5      $ 
13.0        
37.9        

92.5        
125.6        

107.2   
10.3   
24.2   

73.7   
93.0   

70 
70

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
    
    
    
     
    
     
     
    
     
    
     
  
     
  
     
         
    
     
     
     
         
    
     
     
 
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases as of July 3, 2021, are as follows (in millions): 

Fiscal Year 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
Thereafter 

Total future minimum lease payments 

Less: Interest 
Present value of future minimum lease payments 

   Operating Leases       Finance Leases 
95.7     $ 
  $ 
82.4       
63.8       
49.6       
38.6       
228.2       
558.3     $ 
103.3       
455.0     $ 

61.0   
57.4   
56.5   
52.3   
49.9   
72.3   
349.4   
45.7   
303.7   

  $ 

  $ 

As of July 3, 2021, the Company had additional operating and finance leases that had not yet commenced which total $15.6 

million in future minimum lease payments. These leases relate primarily to warehouse leases and are expected to commence in fiscal 
2022 with lease terms of 4 to 15 years.  

13. 

Income Taxes  
Income tax expense (benefit) for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 consisted of the following:  

(In millions) 
Current income tax (benefit) expense: 

Federal 
State 

Total current income tax (benefit) expense 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit): 

   $ 

Federal 
State 

Total deferred income tax expense 

Total income tax expense (benefit), net 

   $ 

For the fiscal 
year ended 
July 3, 2021 

For the fiscal 
year ended 
June 27, 2020 

For the fiscal 
year ended 
June 29, 2019 

(10.6 )    $ 
3.4        
(7.2 )      

19.9        
1.3        
21.2        
14.0      $ 

(119.6 )    $ 
1.0        
(118.6 )      

24.9        
(14.4 )      
10.5        
(108.1 )    $ 

28.9   
11.0   
39.9   

13.0   
(1.4 ) 
11.6   
51.5   

The determination of the Company’s overall effective tax rate requires significant judgment, the use of estimates and the 
interpretation and application of complex tax laws. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in various United States 
federal and state jurisdictions. Tax law changes, increases and decreases in temporary and permanent differences between book and 
tax items, tax credits, and the Company’s change in income in each jurisdiction all affect the overall effective tax rate. It is the 
Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), which provides relief to taxpayers 

affected by COVID-19, was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures 
designed to mitigate the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.  In fiscal years 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized a tax 
benefit of $2.1 million and $46.3 million, respectively, related to the carry back of the fiscal year 2020 net operating loss to tax years 
with a statutory rate of 35% compared to the current statutory rate of 21%.  

71 
71

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
  
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
 
The Company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 was 25.6%, 

48.6%, and 23.6%, respectively. Actual income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount computed by applying the applicable 
U.S. federal statutory corporate income tax rate of 21% in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019 to earnings before income taxes as 
follows:  

(In millions) 
Federal income tax expense (benefit) computed at statutory 
rate 
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: 

   $ 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
Non-deductible expenses and other 
 Net Operating Loss Carryback - Rate Differential 
Stock-based compensation 
Other 

Total income tax expense (benefit), net 

   $ 

For the fiscal 
year ended 
July 3, 2021      

For the fiscal 
year ended 
June 27, 2020      

For the fiscal 
year ended 
June 29, 2019    

11.5      $ 

(46.7 )    $ 

45.9   

4.1        
2.1        
(2.1 )      
(1.5 )      
(0.1 )      
14.0      $ 

(10.7 )      
2.0        
(46.3 )      
(4.6 )      
(1.8 )      
(108.1 )    $ 

8.5   
1.8   
—   
(4.4 ) 
(0.3 ) 
51.5   

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of 

assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards. Temporary differences and carry-forwards that created significant 
deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:  

   $ 

(In millions) 
Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventories 
Accrued employee benefits 
Self-insurance reserves 
Net operating loss carry-forwards 
Stock-based compensation 
Basis difference in intangible assets 
Other comprehensive income 
Lease obligations 
Tax credit carry-forwards 
Prepaid expenses 
Other assets 

Total gross deferred tax assets 

Less: Valuation allowance 

Total net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Property, plant, and equipment 
 Right of use assets 
Prepaid expenses 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 
Total net deferred income tax liability 

   $ 

As of 
July 3, 2021 

As of 
June 27, 2020 

6.5      $ 
8.0        
18.2        
3.4        
21.4        
8.6        
18.2        
1.8        
66.6        
2.5        
0.3        
4.4        
159.9        
(0.7 )      
159.2        

234.4        
65.2        

-        
299.6        
140.4      $ 

5.4   
7.1   
7.9   
3.5   
14.0   
6.4   
17.1   
3.5   
115.9   
2.5   
-   
3.6   
186.9   
(0.7 ) 
186.2   

169.9   
114.5   
17.3   
0.1   
301.8   
115.6   

72 
72

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
    
  
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
    
     
     
     
         
     
     
 
We have taken current and future expirations into consideration when evaluating the need for valuation allowances against these 
deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will 
not be realized. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning 
strategies in making this assessment. The federal net operating loss generated in fiscal year 2021 has an indefinite carry-forward 
period and is expected to be utilized in full. State net operating loss carry-forwards generally expire in fiscal years 2022 through 2041. 
Certain state net operating losses generated in fiscal year 2021 and after have an indefinite carry-forward period. For the fiscal years 
ending July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020 the Company established a valuation allowance of $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, 
net of federal tax benefit, against deferred tax assets related to certain net operating losses which are not likely to be realized due to 
limitations on utilization.  

The Company records a liability for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes—

General—Recognition. The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:  

(In millions) 
Balance as of June 30, 2018 
Increases due to current year positions 
Increases due to prior years positions 
Expiration of statutes of limitations 
Balance as of June 29, 2019 
Increases due to current year positions 
Decreases due to prior years positions 
Expiration of statutes of limitations 
Balance as of June 27, 2020 
Increases due to current year positions 
Increases due to prior years positions 
Expiration of statutes of limitations 
Balance as of July 3, 2021 

   $ 

   $ 

1.2   
—   
0.7   
—   
1.9   
—   
(0.6 ) 
(0.8 ) 
0.5   
—   
-   
(0.2 ) 
0.3   

Included in the balances as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 2020, is $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax 
benefits that could affect the effective tax rate for continuing operations. The balance in unrecognized tax benefits relates primarily to 
state tax issues and non-deductible expenses. The Company does not anticipate that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax 
benefits over the next twelve months will have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.  

As of July 3, 2021, substantially all federal, state and local, and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years prior 

to fiscal year 2014. We received a tax audit notice from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the loss for fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 and the carryback to the prior 5 tax years. 

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. 
Approximately $0.1 million and $0.1 million was accrued for interest related to uncertain tax positions as of July 3, 2021 and June 27, 
2020, respectively. Net interest income of approximately $0.3 million and $0.1 million was recognized in tax expense for fiscal 2021 
and fiscal 2020, respectively, and $0.1 million of interest expense was recognized in tax expense in fiscal 2019.   

14.  Retirement Plans  
Employee Savings Plans  

The Company sponsors the Performance Food Group Employee Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). Employees participating in 

the 401(k) Plan may elect to contribute between 1% and 50% of their qualified compensation, up to a maximum dollar amount as 
specified by the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matched 100% of the first 3.5% of the employee 
contributions, resulting in matching contributions of $36.4 million for fiscal 2021, $30.9 million for fiscal 2020, and $23.9 million for 
fiscal 2019.   

15.  Commitments and Contingencies  
Purchase Obligations  

The Company had outstanding contracts and purchase orders for capital projects and services totaling $93.5 million at July 3, 

2021. Amounts due under these contracts were not included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of July 3, 2021.  

73 
73

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Guarantees  

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties 

against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to: (i) certain real estate leases under which subsidiaries of the 
Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities and other claims arising from their use 
of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees under which the Company 
may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship; and (iii) customer agreements 
under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers for certain claims brought against them with respect to the 
supplied products. Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts 
associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be 
reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations and, therefore, no 
liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. 

Litigation  

The Company is engaged in various legal proceedings that have arisen but have not been fully adjudicated. The likelihood of 

loss arising from these legal proceedings, based on definitions within contingency accounting literature, ranges from remote to 
reasonably possible to probable. When losses are probable and reasonably estimable, they have been accrued. Based on estimates of 
the range of potential losses associated with these matters, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these 
proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated financial position or 
results of operations of the Company. However, the final results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and, if the 
Company failed to prevail in one or more of these legal matters, and the associated realized losses were to exceed the Company’s 
current estimates of the range of potential losses, the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected in future periods.   

JUUL Labs, Inc. Marketing Sales Practices, and Products Liability Litigation.  In October 2019, a Multidistrict Litigation 

action (“MDL”) was initiated in order to centralize litigation against JUUL Labs, Inc. (“JUUL”) and other parties in connection with 
JUUL’s e-cigarettes and related devices and components in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. On 
March 11, 2020, counsel for plaintiffs and the Plaintiffs’ Steering Committee filed a Master Complaint in the MDL naming, among 
several other entities and individuals including JUUL, Altria Group, Inc., Philip Morris USA, Inc., Altria Client Services LLC, Altria 
Group Distribution Company, Altria Enterprises LLC, certain members of management and/or individual investors in JUUL, various 
e-liquid manufacturers, and various retailers, including the Company’s subsidiary Eby-Brown, as a defendant.  The Master Complaint 
also named additional distributors of JUUL products (collectively with Eby-Brown the “Distributor Defendants”).  The Master 
Complaint contains various state law claims and alleges that the Distributor Defendants: (1) failed to disclose JUUL’s nicotine 
contents or the risks associated; (2) pushed a product designed for a youth market; (3) engaged with JUUL in planning and marketing 
its product in a manner designed to maximize the flow of JUUL products; (4) met with JUUL management in San Francisco, 
California to further these business dealings; and (5) received incentives and business development funds for marketing and efficient 
sales. Individual plaintiffs may also file separate and abbreviated Short Form Complaints (“SFC”) that incorporate the allegations in 
the Master Complaint. JUUL and Eby-Brown are parties to a Domestic Wholesale Distribution Agreement dated March 10, 2020, and 
JUUL has agreed to defend and indemnify Eby-Brown under the terms of that agreement and is paying Eby-Brown’s outside counsel 
fees directly.   

On May 29, 2020, JUUL filed a motion to dismiss on the basis that the alleged state law claims are preempted by federal law 

and a motion to stay/dismiss the litigation based on the Food and Drug Administration’s (“FDA”) primary jurisdiction to regulate e-
cigarette and related vaping products and pending FDA review of JUUL’s Pre-Market Tobacco Application (“PMTA”). On June 29, 
2020, Eby-Brown, along with the other Distributor Defendants, filed similar motions incorporating JUUL’s arguments. The court 
denied these motions on October 23, 2020.  

The court has also entered an order governing the selection of bellwether plaintiffs and setting key discovery and other 

deadlines in the litigation. Bellwether trials are test cases generally intended to try a contested issue common to several plaintiffs in 
mass tort litigation. The results of these proceedings are used to shape the litigation process for the remaining cases and to aid the 
parties in assessing potential settlement values of the remaining claims. Here, the court authorized a pool of 24 bellwether plaintiffs, 
with plaintiffs selecting six cases, the combined defendants selecting six cases, and the court selecting 12 cases at random. The court 
and the parties have completed the bellwether selection process, and the first of four bellwether trials has been set for February 22, 
2022, with the remaining three trials set for the second and third calendar quarters of 2022. Eby-Brown has been dismissed from each 
of the bellwether cases and will not be a party or participant to those trials. The Distributor Defendants and the retailers do, however, 
remain named defendants in various SFCs that were not selected as bellwether trial plaintiffs. The litigation of those claims is not 
scheduled to occur until after the bellwether trials conclude.  In the meantime, discovery related to the claims in the Master Complaint 
continues as to the Distributor Defendants.

74 
74

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
On September 3, 2020, the Cherokee Nation filed a parallel lawsuit in Oklahoma state court against several entities including 

JUUL, e-liquid manufacturers, various retailers, and various distributors, including the Company’s subsidiary, Eby-Brown, alleging 
similar claims to the claims at issue in the MDL (the “Oklahoma Litigation”). The defendants in the Oklahoma Litigation attempted to 
transfer the case into the MDL, but a federal court in Oklahoma remanded the case to Oklahoma state court before the Judicial Panel 
on Multidistrict Litigation effectuated the transfer of the MDL, which means the Oklahoma Litigation is no longer eligible for transfer 
to the MDL. The indemnity JUUL has provided to Eby-Brown also applies to the Oklahoma Litigation. On March 29, 2021, the 
Cherokee Nation dismissed Eby-Brown from the Oklahoma Litigation. 

At this time, the Company is unable to predict whether FDA will approve JUUL’s PMTA, nor is the Company able to 
estimate any potential loss or range of loss in the event of an adverse finding against it in the MDL or any subsequent litigation which 
may occur related to the individual SFCs. The Company will continue to vigorously defend itself. 

Whitfield v. Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. et al. On July 6, 2021, Matthew Whitfield, who alleges he is a shareholder of 

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (“Core-Mark”), filed a civil action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of 
New York naming as defendants Core-Mark, the individual directors of Core-Mark, Performance Food Group Company, and two 
subsidiaries the Company established in connection with its anticipated acquisition of Core-Mark. The plaintiff alleged the 
Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission omitted material information related to the acquisition, 
namely certain (1) financial projections the Company and Core-Mark performed and the basis for those projections and (2) 
information regarding the analysis Barclay’s performed on behalf of Core-Mark. The plaintiff sought to enjoin the consummation of 
the acquisition and requests that the court order the defendants to issue an amended Registration Statement and declare that the 
defendants violated certain U.S securities laws. In the event the acquisition is consummated, the plaintiff sought an award of damages. 
The Company denies that it has violated any laws in connection with the proposed acquisition and believes that the claims are without 
merit. However, in order to avoid the risk of the complaint delaying or adversely affecting the acquisition and to minimize the costs, 
risks and uncertainties inherent in litigation, and without admitting any liability or wrongdoing, Core-Mark and the Company 
determined that Core-Mark would voluntarily supplement the public disclosures filed in connection with the acquisition in exchange 
for plaintiff’s agreement to dismiss all claims with prejudice.  The parties reached such agreement on August 12, 2021.  On August 13, 
2021, Core-Mark filed the supplemental disclosures on Form 8-K and Schedule 14A. On August 19, 2021, plaintiff voluntarily 
dismissed his complaint. 

Tax Liabilities  

The Company is subject to customary audits by authorities in the jurisdictions where it conducts business in the United States, 
which may result in assessments of additional taxes. We received a tax audit notice from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to 
the loss for fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 and the carryback to the prior 5 tax years. 

16.  Related-Party Transactions  

The Company participates in and has an equity method investment in a purchasing alliance that was formed to obtain better 

pricing, to expand product options, to reduce internal costs, and to achieve greater inventory turnover. The Company’s investment in 
the purchasing alliance was $6.0 million as of July 3, 2021, and $3.5 million as of June 27, 2020. For fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and 
fiscal 2019, the Company recorded purchases of $1,300.2 million, $925.2 million, and $914.3 million, respectively, through the 
purchasing alliance. 

17.  Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) 

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted-

average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated using the 
weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. The Company’s 
potential common shares include outstanding stock-based compensation awards and expected issuable shares under the employee 
stock purchase plan. In computing diluted EPS, the average closing stock price for the period is used in determining the number of 
shares assumed to be purchased with the assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method. For fiscal 2020 diluted loss per common 
share is the same as basic loss per common share because the inclusion of potential common shares is antidilutive. For fiscal 2019 
potential common shares of 0.2 million were not included in computing diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been 
antidilutive.  

75 
75

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations is as 

follows: 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 
Numerator: 

Net income (loss) 

Denominator: 

For the fiscal year 
ended July 3, 2021 

For the fiscal year 
ended June 27, 2020      

For the fiscal year 
ended June 29, 2019 

   $ 

40.7      $ 

(114.1 )    $ 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Dilutive effect of potential common shares 
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share 

   $ 
   $ 

132.1        
1.3        
133.4        
0.31      $ 
0.30      $ 

113.0        
-        
113.0        
(1.01 )    $ 
(1.01 )    $ 

166.8   

103.8   
1.4   
105.2   
1.61   
1.59   

18.  Stock-based Compensation  

Performance Food Group Company provides compensation benefits to employees and non-employee directors under share-
based payment arrangements. These arrangements are designed to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by 
providing employees and non-employee directors who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire 
an ownership interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company.  

In fiscal 2020 the Company approved an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) which provides eligible employees the 
opportunity to acquire shares of common stock, at a 15% discount on the fair market value as of the date of purchase, through periodic 
payroll deductions. The ESPP is considered compensatory for federal income tax purposes. The Company recorded $2.6 million and 
$1.3 million of stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, respectively, attributable to the ESPP.  

The Performance Food Group Company 2007 Management Option Plan  

The 2007 Option Plan allowed for the granting of awards to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the 
Company or its affiliates in the form of nonqualified options. The terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan 
were determined by the Board of Directors. The contractual term of the options is ten years. The Company no longer grants awards 
from this plan and no options were granted from the 2007 Option Plan in fiscal 2021, 2020 or 2019. Each of the employee awards 
under the 2007 Option Plan was divided into three equal portions. Tranche I options were subject to time vesting. Tranche II and 
Tranche III options were subject to both time and performance vesting, including performance criteria as outlined in the 2007 Option 
Plan. 

In total, compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2007 Option Plan was less than $0.1 

million, $0.2 million, and $0.4 million for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively, and it is included within operating 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.  

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for fiscal 2021 under the 2007 Option Plan.  

Outstanding as of June 27, 2020 
Exercised 
Expired 
Outstanding as of July 3, 2021 
Vested or expected to vest as of July 3, 2021 
Exercisable as of July 3, 2021 

Number of 
Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

950,785      $ 
(178,115 )    $ 
(15,750 )    $ 
756,920      $ 
756,920      $ 
756,920      $ 

18.19        
16.71        
10.78        
18.70        
18.70        
18.70        

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(in millions) 

4.1      $ 
4.1      $ 
4.1      $ 

22.2   
22.2   
22.2   

The intrinsic value of exercised options was $4.7 million, $7.9 million, and $13.1 million for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 

2019, respectively.  

76 
76

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
    
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
 
The Performance Food Group Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan  

In July 2015, the Company approved the 2015 Incentive Plan. The 2015 Incentive Plan allows for the granting of awards to 

current employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company. The terms and conditions of awards granted under 
the 2015 Option Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. There are 8,850,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance 
under the 2015 Incentive Plan, including non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted 
shares (time-based and performance-based), restricted stock units, and other equity based or cash-based awards. As of July 3, 2021, 
there are 4,835,218 shares available for grant under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The contractual term of options granted under the 2015 
Incentive Plan is ten years.  

For grants issued prior to fiscal 2020, stock options and time-based restricted shares vest ratably over four years from the date of 
grant. No stock options were granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan in fiscal 2021 or fiscal 2020. Shares of time-based restricted stock 
granted in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 vest ratably over three years from the date of grant. Additionally, in fiscal 2021, one-time grants 
of shares of time-based restricted stock, which vests at the end of a three year period, were issued. Performance-based restricted shares 
granted in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020 vest upon the achievement of a specified Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), a performance 
condition, and a specified Relative Total Shareholder Return (“Relative TSR”), a market condition, at the end of a three year 
performance period. Actual shares earned range from 0% to 200% of the initial grant, depending upon performance relative to the 
ROIC and Relative TSR goals. For performance-based restricted shares granted in fiscal 2021, the ROIC measure was removed and 
the vesting of the shares earned will be based solely on Relative TSR. Restricted stock units granted to non-employee directors vest in 
full on the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next regularly scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders of the 
Company. 

The fair values of time-based restricted shares, restricted shares with a performance condition, and restricted stock units were 

based on the Company’s closing stock price as of the date of grant.   

The Company, with the assistance of a third-party valuation expert, estimated the fair value of performance-based restricted 
shares with a Relative TSR market condition granted in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following 
assumptions: 

Risk-Free Interest Rate 
Dividend Yield 
Expected Volatility 
Expected Term (in years) 
Fair Value of Awards Granted 

For the fiscal year 
ended July 3, 2021   

For the fiscal year 
ended June 27, 2020   

0.16 % 
0.00 % 
67.66 % 
2.87   
47.55   

  $ 

1.71 % 
0.00 % 
25.61 % 
2.79   
62.57   

   $ 

The risk-free interest rate is based on a zero-coupon risk-free interest rate derived from the Treasury Constant Maturities yield 

curve at the time of grant for the expected term. The Company assumed a dividend yield of zero percent when valuing the grants 
under the 2015 Incentive Plan because the Company announced that it does not intend to pay dividends on its common stock. 
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company for the expected term. The expected term represents the period 
of time from the date of grant to the end of the three-year performance period.  

The Company estimated the fair value of options granted in fiscal 2019 using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the 

following weighted average assumptions:  

Risk-free Interest Rate 
Dividend Yield 
Expected Volatility 
Expected Term (in years) 
Weighted Average Fair Value of Awards Granted 

For the fiscal year 
ended June 29, 2019 

2.86 % 
0.00 % 
34.00 % 
6.25   
12.69   

   $ 

The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected holding period. The 

Company assumed a dividend yield of zero percent when valuing the grants under the 2015 Incentive Plan because the Company 
announced that it does not intend to pay dividends on its common stock. Expected volatility is based on the expected volatilities of 
comparable peer companies that are publicly traded. The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected 
to be outstanding. The Company elected to use the simplified method to estimate the expected holding period because we do not have 

77 
77

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
 
sufficient information to understand post vesting exercise behavior. As such, we will continue to use this methodology until such time 
we have sufficient history to provide a reasonable basis on which to estimate the expected term.  

The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s 2015 Incentive Plan was $22.8 million for 

fiscal 2021, $16.4 million for fiscal 2020, and $15.3 million for fiscal 2019, and it is included within operating expenses in the 
consolidated statement of operations. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations 
was $6.1 million in fiscal 2021, $4.4 million in fiscal 2020, and $4.1 million in fiscal 2019. Total unrecognized compensation cost for 
all awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan is $34.7 million as of July 3, 2021. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-
average period of 1.8 years.  

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for fiscal 2021 under the 2015 Incentive Plan.  

Outstanding as of June 27, 2020 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Outstanding as of July 3, 2021 
Vested or expected to vest as of July 3, 2021 
Exercisable as of July 3, 2021 

Number of 
Options 

Weighted 
Average 

Exercise Price      

852,300      $ 
-      $ 
(77,399 )    $ 
(8,165 )    $ 
766,736      $ 
766,736      $ 
626,161      $ 

27.63        
-        
25.94        
31.08        
27.77        
27.77        
27.01        

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in millions) 

5.8      $ 
5.8      $ 
5.6      $ 

15.5   
15.5   
13.1   

The intrinsic value of exercised options was $1.4 million, $2.0 million, and $0.2 million for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 

2019, respectively. 

The following table summarizes the changes in nonvested restricted shares and restricted stock units for fiscal 2021 under the 

2015 Incentive Plan.  

Nonvested as of June 27, 2020 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested as of July 3, 2021 

Shares 

Weighted Average 
Grant Date Fair Value 

1,072,316      $ 
944,815      $ 
(400,074 )    $ 
(92,829 )    $ 
1,524,228      $ 

37.25   
35.67   
34.03   
30.90   
37.50   

The total fair value of shares vested was $13.7 million, $23.7 million, and $18.0 million for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 

2019, respectively.  

19.  Segment Information  

The Company has two reportable segments, as defined by ASC 280 Segment Reporting. The Foodservice segment markets and 

distributes food and food-related products to independent restaurants, Chain restaurants, and other institutional “food-away-from-
home” locations. Foodservice offers a “broad line” of products, including custom-cut meat and seafood, as well as products that are 
specific to our customers’ menu requirements. The Vistar segment distributes candy, snacks, beverages, cigarettes, other tobacco 
products, and other products to customers in the vending, office coffee services, theater, retail, hospitality, convenience store and other 
channels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies and Estimates. Intersegment sales represent sales between the segments, which are eliminated in consolidation. Management 
evaluates the performance of each operating segment based on various operating and financial metrics, including total sales and 
EBITDA.  

78 
78

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
    
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Corporate & All Other is comprised of corporate overhead and certain operations that are not considered separate reportable 

segments based on their size. This includes the operations of the Company’s internal logistics unit responsible for managing and 
allocating inbound logistics revenue and expense. Corporate & All Other may also include capital expenditures for certain information 
technology projects that are transferred to the segments once placed in service.  

(In millions) 
For the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 
Net external sales 
Inter-segment sales 
Total sales 
Depreciation and amortization 
Capital expenditures 
For the fiscal year ended June 27, 2020 
Net external sales 
Inter-segment sales 
Total sales 
Depreciation and amortization 
Capital expenditures 
For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2019 
Net external sales 
Inter-segment sales 
Total sales 
Depreciation and amortization 
Capital expenditures 

   Foodservice 

Vistar 

Corporate 
& All Other        Eliminations        Consolidated    

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

21,880.0      $ 
10.0        
21,890.0        
248.3        
99.9        

16,728.5      $ 
12.0        
16,740.5        
197.7        
57.8        

15,084.0      $ 
11.1        
15,095.1        
91.8        
90.6        

8,494.5      $ 
2.2        
8,496.7        
62.1        
78.9        

8,335.4      $ 
4.0        
8,339.4        
50.0        
72.0        

4,639.2      $ 
2.6        
4,641.8        
39.2        
24.9        

24.4      $ 
393.9        
418.3        
28.5        
10.0        

22.4      $ 
323.4        
345.8        
28.6        
28.2        

20.3      $ 
271.3        
291.6        
24.0        
23.6        

—      $ 
(406.1 )      
(406.1 )      
—        
—        

—      $ 
(339.4 )      
(339.4 )      
—        
—        

—      $ 
(285.0 )      
(285.0 )      
—        
—        

30,398.9   
—   
30,398.9   
338.9   
188.8   

25,086.3   
—   
25,086.3   
276.3   
158.0   

19,743.5   
—   
19,743.5   
155.0   
139.1   

EBITDA for each reportable segment and Corporate & All Other is presented below along with a reconciliation to consolidated 

income before taxes. 

Foodservice EBITDA 
Vistar EBITDA 
Corporate & All Other EBITDA 
Depreciation and amortization 
Interest expense 
Income (loss) before taxes 

July 3, 2021 

Fiscal Year Ended 

June 27, 2020 

June 29, 2019 

   $ 

   $ 

658.9      $ 
93.4        
(206.3 )      
(338.9 )      
(152.4 )      
54.7      $ 

336.3     $ 
38.5       
(203.8 )     
(276.3 )     
(116.9 )     
(222.2 )   $ 

428.0   
165.6   
(154.9 ) 
(155.0 ) 
(65.4 ) 
218.3   

Total assets by reportable segment, excluding intercompany receivables between segments, are as follows:  

As of 
July 3, 2021 

As of 
June 27, 2020    
5,529.1   
1,385.4   
805.2   
7,719.7   

5,791.7     $ 
1,759.1       
294.9       
7,845.7     $ 

(In millions) 
Foodservice 
Vistar 
Corporate & All Other 

Total assets 

  $ 

  $ 

79 
79

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
     
     
     
         
         
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
         
         
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
         
         
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
  
    
    
    
The sales mix for the Company’s principal product and service categories is as follows:  

(In millions) 
Center of the plate 
Cigarettes 
Frozen foods 
Canned and dry groceries 
Refrigerated and dairy products 
Paper products and cleaning supplies 
Candy/snack/theater and concession 
Beverage 
Produce 
Other tobacco products 
Other miscellaneous goods and services 
Total 

For the fiscal 
year ended 
July 3, 2021 

For the fiscal 
year ended 
June 27, 2020      

For the fiscal 
year ended 
June 29, 2019    
6,110.1   
679.0   
2,516.7   
2,306.4   
2,286.0   
1,464.1   
1,975.4   
1,604.4   
560.7   
105.9   
134.8   
19,743.5   

6,677.7      $ 
3,728.3        
2,859.4        
2,561.2        
2,466.9        
1,650.1        
1,939.7        
1,624.9        
678.1        
588.0        
312.0        
25,086.3      $ 

   $ 

   $ 

8,931.1      $ 
4,231.4        
3,484.4        
3,290.0        
2,951.0        
2,312.1        
1,725.0        
1,534.9        
876.6        
704.0        
358.4        
30,398.9      $ 

80 

80

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
  
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
  
SCHEDULE 1—Registrant’s Condensed Financial Statements  
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
Parent Company Only  
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS  

(In millions per share data) 
ASSETS 
Investment in wholly owned subsidiary 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Intercompany payable 
Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 
Shareholders’ equity: 
Common Stock 

   $ 
   $ 

   $ 

As of 
July 3, 2021 

As of 
June 27, 2020 

2,167.2      $ 
2,167.2      $ 

2,071.4   
2,071.4   

-      $ 
-        
61.1        
61.1        

0.2   
0.2   
60.6   
60.8   

Common Stock: $0.01 par value per share, 1.0 billion shares authorized, 132.5 
million shares issued and outstanding as of July 3, 2021; 
1.0 billion shares authorized, 131.3 million shares issued and outstanding as of June 
27, 2020 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

   $ 

1.3        
1,752.8        
352.0        
2,106.1        
2,167.2      $ 

1.3   
1,703.0   
306.3   
2,010.6   
2,071.4   

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.  

81 
81

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
     
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
 
  
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
Parent Company Only  
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

($ in millions) 
Operating expenses 
Operating loss 
Loss before equity in net income (loss) of subsidiary 
Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiary, net of tax 
Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Fiscal year ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year ended 
June 29, 2019 

   $ 

   $ 

1.1      $ 
(1.1 )      
(1.1 )      
41.8        
40.7        
5.0        
45.7      $ 

0.6      $ 
(0.6 )      
(0.6 )      
(113.5 )      
(114.1 )      
(10.1 )      
(124.2 )    $ 

0.5   
(0.5 ) 
(0.5 ) 
167.3   
166.8   
(9.4 ) 
157.4   

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.  

82 
82

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
 
  
PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY  
Parent Company Only  
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

($ in millions) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)  to net cash provided by 
operating activities 

Equity in net (income) loss of subsidiary 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net 

Income tax receivable 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Intercompany payables 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Capital contribution to subsidiary 
Distribution from subsidiary 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Proceeds from sale of common stock 
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan 
Cash paid for shares withheld to cover taxes 
Repurchase of common stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and restricted cash 
Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period 
Cash and restricted cash, end of period 

   $ 

Fiscal year 
ended 
July 3, 2021 

Fiscal year 
ended 
June 27, 2020 

Fiscal year 
ended 
June 29, 2019 

   $ 

40.7      $ 

(114.1 )    $ 

166.8   

(41.8 )      

113.5        

(167.3 ) 

-        
(0.2 )      
0.5        
(0.8 )      

(26.2 )      
—        
(26.2 )      

5.0        
—        
26.2        
(4.2 )      
—        
27.0        
—        
—        
—      $ 

11.7        
-        
(1.2 )      
9.9        

(834.9 )      
5.0        
(829.9 )      

4.8        
828.1        
—        
(7.9 )      
(5.0 )      
820.0        
—        
—        
—      $ 

(0.1 ) 
0.2   
1.3   
0.9   

—   
9.3   
9.3   

6.6   
—   
—   
(7.5 ) 
(9.3 ) 
(10.2 ) 
—   
—   
—   

  See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.  

83 
83

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
     
     
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
     
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
         
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
  
Notes to Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Statements  
1. Description of Performance Food Group Company  

Performance Food Group Company (the “Parent”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 23, 2002, to effect the purchase of all 

the outstanding equity interests of PFGC, Inc. (“PFGC”). The Parent has no significant operations or significant assets or liabilities 
other than its investment in PFGC. Accordingly, the Parent is dependent upon distributions from PFGC to fund its obligations. 
However, under the terms of PFGC’s various debt agreements, PFGC’s ability to pay dividends or lend to the Parent is restricted, 
except that PFGC may pay specified amounts to the Parent to fund the payment of the Parent’s franchise and excise taxes and other 
fees, taxes, and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence.  

2. Basis of Presentation  

The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent and its investment 

in PFGC, Inc. accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent and its 
subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the 
Performance Food Group Company consolidated financial statements. The Parent is included in the consolidated federal and certain 
unitary, consolidated and combined state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. The Parent’s tax balances reflect its share of such 
filings.  

84 
84

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None.  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

Regulations under the Exchange Act, require public companies, including us, to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” 
which are defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act to mean a company’s controls and other procedures 
that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and 
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our 
reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required or 
necessary disclosures. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that disclosure 
controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the 
objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our 
management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls 
and procedures. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, an 
evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its principal 
executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that 
evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls 
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, were effective.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. 
In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, management, with the participation of the Company’s 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria established 
in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (“COSO”).  

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, is a process 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes 
those policies and procedures that:  

i. 

ii. 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets;  

provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only 
in accordance with authorizations of management and our board of directors; and  

iii. 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of 
our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, 

even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Based on our assessment, under the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO, 

management has concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 3, 2021.  

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 3, 2021, has been audited by Deloitte & 

Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which appears in Item 8.  

85 
85

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act), that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information  

None.   

86 
86

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
PART III  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We expect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.  

Item 11. Executive Compensation  

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We expect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.  

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We expect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We expect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We expect to file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended July 3, 2021.  

87 
87

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
PART IV  

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

(a)  The following documents are filed, or incorporated by reference, as part of this Form 10-K:  

1. 

2. 

3. 

All financial statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 43 of this Form 10-K.  

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not present, not present in material amounts, or 
presented within the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto within Item 8.  

Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index immediately following Item 16. Form 10-K Summary, which is incorporated by 
reference as if fully set forth herein.  

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary  

None.  

88 
88

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX  

Description 

 Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2019, by and among Performance Food Group 
Company, Ram Acquisition Company, LLC, Ram Holdings I, L.L.C., Ram Holdings III, L.L.C. and Lone Oak Realty 
LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2019). 
 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2021, by and among Performance Food Group Company, 
Longhorn Merger Sub I, Inc., Longhorn Merger Sub II, LLC and Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2021). 
 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
November 13, 2019). 

 Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2020). 

 Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2016, by and among Performance Food Group, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named 
therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 
2016). 

 Form of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2016). 

 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2016, among T.F. Kinnealey & Co., Inc., Larry Kline Wholesale 
Meats and Provisions, Inc. and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Company’s 5.50% Senior 
Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File 
No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2017). 

 Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2019, by and between PFG Escrow Corporation and U.S. Bank National 
Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File 
No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2019). 

 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2019, among Performance Food Group, Inc., PFGC, Inc., the 
Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on December 30, 2019).  
 Form of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2019). 

 Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2020, by and between Performance Food Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and 
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2020).  

 Form of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2020).  

 Indenture, dated as of July 26, 2021, by and between Performance Food Group, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and 
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2021). 
 Form of 4.250% Senior Notes due 2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2021). 
 Description of Capital Stock of Performance Food Group Company.  

Exhibit No. 

    2.1 

    2.2 

    3.1 

    3.2 

    4.1 

    4.2 

    4.3 

    4.4 

    4.5 

    4.6 

    4.7 

    4.8 

    4.9 

    4.10 

    4.11* 

89 
89

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  10.1 

  10.2 

  10.3 

  10.4† 

  10.5† 

  10.6† 

  10.7† 

  10.8† 

  10.9† 

  10.10† 

  10.11† 

  10.12† 

  10.13† 

  10.14† 

 Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 30, 2019, among PFGC, Inc., Performance Food 
Group, Inc., Wells Fargo, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the other borrowers 
from time to time party thereto, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
December 31, 2019).  

 First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 29, 2020, among PFGC, Inc., 
Performance Food Group, Inc., Wells Fargo, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the 
other borrowers from time to time party thereto, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on May 1, 2020). 
 Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 15, 2020, among PFGC, Inc., 
Performance Food Group, Inc., Wells Fargo, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the 
other borrowers from time to time party thereto, and the other lenders thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 
10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on August 18, 2020). 

 Amended and Restated 2007 Management Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 
4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on August 5, 2015). 

 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
August 5, 2015). 
 Amendment No. 1 to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K/A (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
November 19, 2019).  

 Employment Letter Agreement, dated September 6, 2002, between George L. Holm and Performance Food Group 
Company (f/k/a Wellspring Distribution Corp.) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
September 9, 2014). 

 Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 7, 2014, between Jim Hope and Performance Food Group (incorporated 
by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-
198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2015).  

 Form of Option Award Agreement for Named Executive Officers under the 2007 Management Option Plan 
(incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2015). 

 Form of Severance Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 4 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on August 5, 2015). 

 Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
as Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2015).  

 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference as Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-
198654), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2015).  

 Form of Option Grant under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18 to 
Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 333-198654), filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2015).  

 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578), 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2016). 

90 

90

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
     10.15† 

10.16† 

10.17† 

10.18† 

10.19† 

10.20† 

10.21† 

10.22† 

10.23† 

10.24† 

10.25† 

10.26† 

  21.1* 

  23.1* 

  24.1* 

  31.1* 

  31.2* 

  32.1* 

  32.2* 

 Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578), filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2018). 
 Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on November 6, 2019). 

 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2019). 

 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as 
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-
37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2020). 

 Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Director) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as 
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-
37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2020). 

 Performance Food Group Company Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
February 5, 2020). 
 Performance Food Group Company Executive Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2020). 
 Form of Performance Food Group Company Executive Severance Plan Participation Agreement (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on May 4, 2020). 

 Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (Graded Vesting) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as 
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-
37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020). 
 Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (Cliff Vesting) under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37578) 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020). 

 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (with Retirement provision) under the 2015 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020). 

 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (without Retirement provision) under the 2015 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q (File No. 001-37578) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2020). 

 Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP 

 Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Annual Report on Form 10-K)  

 CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

 CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

 CEO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

 CFO Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

101.INS** 

 Inline XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH** 

 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL** 

 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF** 

 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

91 
91

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
101.LAB** 

 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE** 

 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

  104** 

 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) 

* 

** 

† 

Filed herewith.  

Inline XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 
12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  
Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K are not intended to provide factual information or other 
disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for 
that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely 
within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they 
were made or at any other time.  

92 

92

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
  
 
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized on the 23rd day of August 2021.  

SIGNATURES  

PERFORMANCE FOOD GROUP COMPANY 
(Registrant)  

By: 
Name:  

  /s/ George L. Holm 

George L. Holm 

Title:    Chief Executive Officer & President 

  (Principal Executive Officer and Authorized Signatory) 

93 
93

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY  

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints A. Brent 

King and George Hearn, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with power to act with or without 
the others and with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all 
instruments which said attorneys and agents and each of them may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission thereunder in connection with the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 (the 
“Annual Report”), including specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, power and authority to sign the name of 
the registrant and the name of the undersigned, individually and in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the registrant, to the 
Annual Report as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, to any and all amendments thereto, and to any and all 
instruments or documents filed as part thereof or in connection therewith; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all 
that said attorneys and agents and each of them shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 23rd day of August 2021.  

Signatures 

Title 

/s/ George L. Holm  
George L. Holm 

/s/ James D. Hope  
James D. Hope 

/s/ Christine Vlahcevic 
Christine Vlahcevic 

/s/ Meredith Adler  
Meredith Adler 

/s/ Barbara J. Beck 
Barbara J. Beck 

/s/ William F. Dawson Jr. 
William F. Dawson Jr. 

/s/ Manuel A. Fernandez 
Manuel A. Fernandez 

/s/ Matthew C. Flanigan 
Matthew C. Flanigan 

/s/ Kimberly S. Grant  
Kimberly S. Grant 

/s/ Jeffrey M. Overly 
Jeffrey M. Overly 

/s/ David V. Singer 
David V. Singer 

/s/ Randall N. Spratt 
Randall N. Spratt 

/s/ Warren M. Thompson 
Warren M. Thompson 

Chief Executive Officer & President; Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

94 
94

This page intentionally left blank

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

95

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00amThis page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

96

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00amThis page intentionally left blank

97

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00amNon-GAAP Financial Measures 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 
Refer to Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the annual 
Refer to Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the annual 
Refer to Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the annual 
Refer to Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the annual 
report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 for statements regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and the 
report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 for statements regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and the 
report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 for statements regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and the 
report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 for statements regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and the 
Refer to Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in the annual 
definitions of such non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted 
definitions of such non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted 
definitions of such non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted 
definitions of such non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted 
report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2021 for statements regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and the 
EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:  
EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:  
EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:  
EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:  
definitions of such non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:  

Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) 
Net income (loss) 
Net income (loss) 
Interest expense 
Interest expense 
Interest expense 
Interest expense 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Interest expense 
Depreciation 
Depreciation 
Depreciation 
Depreciation 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Depreciation 
EBITDA 
EBITDA 
EBITDA 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Non-cash items (1) 
Non-cash items (1) 
Non-cash items (1) 
Non-cash items (1) 
Acquisition, integration and 
Acquisition, integration and 
Acquisition, integration and 
Acquisition, integration and 
Non-cash items (1) 
reorganization (2) 
reorganization (2) 
reorganization (2) 
reorganization (2) 
Acquisition, integration and 
Productivity initiatives and other 
Productivity initiatives and other 
Productivity initiatives and other 
Productivity initiatives and other 
reorganization (2) 
adjustment items (3) 
adjustment items (3) 
adjustment items (3) 
adjustment items (3) 
Productivity initiatives and other 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA 
adjustment items (3) 

EBITDA 

EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Fiscal year ended 
Fiscal year ended 
Fiscal year ended 
Fiscal year ended
Fiscal year ended 
   July 3, 2021       June 27, 2020       June 29, 2019      June 30, 2018       July 1, 2017       July 2, 2016   
   July 3, 2021       June 27, 2020       June 29, 2019      June 30, 2018       July 1, 2017       July 2, 2016   
   July 3, 2021       June 27, 2020       June 29, 2019      June 30, 2018       July 1, 2017       July 2, 2016   
   July 3, 2021       June 27, 2020       June 29, 2019      June 30, 2018       July 1, 2017       July 2, 2016   
(In millions) 
(In millions) 
(In millions) 
Fiscal year ended 
(In millions) 
   July 3, 2021       June 27, 2020       June 29, 2019      June 30, 2018       July 1, 2017       July 2, 2016   
68.3   
  $ 
166.8   
166.8   
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
166.8   
68.3   
68.3   
68.3   
  $ 
166.8   
(In millions) 
83.9   
65.4   
65.4   
65.4   
83.9   
83.9   
83.9   
65.4   
68.3   
166.8   
  $ 
46.2   
51.5   
51.5   
51.5   
46.2   
46.2   
46.2   
51.5   
83.9   
65.4   
80.5   
116.2   
116.2   
116.2   
80.5   
80.5   
80.5   
116.2   
46.2   
51.5   
38.1   
38.8   
38.8   
38.8   
38.1   
38.1   
38.1   
38.8   
80.5   
116.2   
317.0   
438.7   
317.0   
438.7   
438.7   
438.7   
317.0   
317.0   
38.1   
38.8   
18.2   
19.8   
18.2   
19.8   
19.8   
19.8   
18.2   
18.2   
438.7   
317.0   
18.2   
19.8   
9.4   
9.4   
11.8   

(114.1 )    $ 
(114.1 )    $ 
(114.1 )    $ 
(114.1 )    $ 
116.9        
116.9        
116.9        
116.9        
(114.1 )    $ 
(108.1 )      
(108.1 )      
(108.1 )      
(108.1 )      
116.9        
178.5        
178.5        
178.5        
178.5        
(108.1 )      
97.8        
97.8        
97.8        
97.8        
178.5        
171.0        
171.0        
171.0        
171.0        
97.8        
24.8        
24.8        
24.8        
24.8        
171.0        
24.8        
182.8        
182.8        

198.7      $ 
198.7      $ 
198.7      $ 
198.7      $ 
60.4        
60.4        
60.4        
60.4        
198.7      $ 
(5.1 )      
(5.1 )      
(5.1 )      
(5.1 )      
60.4        
100.3        
100.3        
100.3        
100.3        
(5.1 )      
29.8        
29.8        
29.8        
29.8        
100.3        
384.1        
384.1        
384.1        
384.1        
29.8        
23.2        
23.2        
23.2        
23.2        
384.1        
23.2        
5.0        
5.0        

96.3      $ 
96.3      $ 
96.3      $ 
96.3      $ 
54.9        
54.9        
54.9        
54.9        
96.3      $ 
61.4        
61.4        
61.4        
61.4        
54.9        
91.5        
91.5        
91.5        
91.5        
61.4        
34.6        
34.6        
34.6        
34.6        
91.5        
338.7        
338.7        
338.7        
338.7        
34.6        
18.8        
18.8        
18.8        
18.8        
338.7        
18.8        
17.3        
17.3        

40.7     $ 
40.7     $ 
40.7     $ 
40.7     $ 
152.4       
152.4       
152.4       
152.4       
40.7     $ 
14.0       
14.0       
14.0       
14.0       
152.4       
213.9       
213.9       
213.9       
213.9       
14.0       
125.0       
125.0       
125.0       
125.0       
213.9       
546.0       
546.0       
546.0       
546.0       
125.0       
64.9       
64.9       
64.9       
64.9       
546.0       
64.9       
16.2       

16.2       
16.2       
16.2       

182.8        
182.8        

17.3        
17.3        

5.0        
5.0        

11.8   
11.8   

11.8   

9.4   
9.4   

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

11.8   
5.2   
5.2   
5.2   
5.2   
475.5   
  $ 
475.5   
475.5   
475.5   
5.2   
475.5   

16.2       
(1.8 )     
(1.8 )     
(1.8 )     
(1.8 )     
625.3     $ 
625.3     $ 
625.3     $ 
625.3     $ 
(1.8 )     
625.3     $ 

5.0        
14.4        
14.4        
14.4        
14.4        
426.7      $ 
426.7      $ 
426.7      $ 
426.7      $ 
14.4        
426.7      $ 

182.8        
9.4   
22.0   
26.9        
22.0   
26.9        
22.0   
26.9        
22.0   
26.9        
366.6   
405.5      $ 
366.6   
405.5      $ 
405.5      $ 
366.6   
405.5      $ 
366.6   
22.0   
26.9        
366.6   
405.5      $ 
(1)  Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-
(1)  Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-
(1)  Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-
(1)  Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-
based compensation cost was $25.4 million, $17.9 million, $15.7 million, $21.6 million, $17.3 million, and $17.2 million for 
based compensation cost was $25.4 million, $17.9 million, $15.7 million, $21.6 million, $17.3 million, and $17.2 million for 
based compensation cost was $25.4 million, $17.9 million, $15.7 million, $21.6 million, $17.3 million, and $17.2 million for 
based compensation cost was $25.4 million, $17.9 million, $15.7 million, $21.6 million, $17.3 million, and $17.2 million for 
fiscal 2021, 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively.  
fiscal 2021, 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively.  
fiscal 2021, 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively.  
fiscal 2021, 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively.  
(1)  Includes adjustments for non-cash charges arising from stock-based compensation and gain/loss on disposal of assets. Stock-
(2)  Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our 
(decreases) in the last-in-first-out (“LIFO”) reserve of $36.4 million, $3.9 million, $3.4 million, $0.3 million, $2.6 million and 
based compensation cost was $25.4 million, $17.9 million, $15.7 million, $21.6 million, $17.3 million, and $17.2 million for 
(2)  Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our 
(2)  Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our 
(2)  Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our 
facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees paid to former private equity holders, and offering fees. Fiscal 2020 includes $108.6 
fiscal 2021, 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively.  
$(1.5) million for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, respectively.
facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees paid to former private equity holders, and offering fees. Fiscal 2020 includes $108.6 
facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees paid to former private equity holders, and offering fees. Fiscal 2020 includes $108.6 
facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees paid to former private equity holders, and offering fees. Fiscal 2020 includes $108.6 
million of contingent consideration accretion expense related to the acquisition of Eby-Brown and $9.3 million of costs related to 
million of contingent consideration accretion expense related to the acquisition of Eby-Brown and $9.3 million of costs related to 
million of contingent consideration accretion expense related to the acquisition of Eby-Brown and $9.3 million of costs related to 
million of contingent consideration accretion expense related to the acquisition of Eby-Brown and $9.3 million of costs related to 
information technology projects the Company is no longer pursuing as a result of the Reinhart acquisition.  
information technology projects the Company is no longer pursuing as a result of the Reinhart acquisition.  
information technology projects the Company is no longer pursuing as a result of the Reinhart acquisition.  
information technology projects the Company is no longer pursuing as a result of the Reinhart acquisition.  
facilities, facility closing costs, advisory fees paid to former private equity holders, and offering fees. Fiscal 2020 includes $108.6 
(3)  Consists primarily of amounts related to fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, legal 
million of contingent consideration accretion expense related to the acquisition of Eby-Brown and $9.3 million of costs related to 
(3)  Consists primarily of amounts related to fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, legal 
(3)  Consists primarily of amounts related to fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, legal 
(3)  Consists primarily of amounts related to fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, legal 
settlements and franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreement and indentures. This line item 
information technology projects the Company is no longer pursuing as a result of the Reinhart acquisition.  
settlements and franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreement and indentures. This line item 
settlements and franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreement and indentures. This line item 
settlements and franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreement and indentures. This line item 
also includes development costs of $5.8 million for fiscal 2020 and $8.0 million for fiscal 2018 related to certain productivity 
also includes development costs of $5.8 million for fiscal 2020 and $8.0 million for fiscal 2018 related to certain productivity 
also includes development costs of $5.8 million for fiscal 2020 and $8.0 million for fiscal 2018 related to certain productivity 
also includes development costs of $5.8 million for fiscal 2020 and $8.0 million for fiscal 2018 related to certain productivity 
initiatives the Company is no longer pursuing.  
settlements and franchise tax expense, and other adjustments permitted by our credit agreement and indentures. This line item 
initiatives the Company is no longer pursuing.  
initiatives the Company is no longer pursuing.  
initiatives the Company is no longer pursuing.  
also includes development costs of $5.8 million for fiscal 2020 and $8.0 million for fiscal 2018 related to certain productivity 
initiatives the Company is no longer pursuing.  

(2)  Includes professional fees and other costs related to completed and abandoned acquisitions, costs of integrating certain of our 

(3)  Consists primarily of amounts related to fuel collar derivatives, certain financing transactions, lease amendments, legal 

17.3        
15.9        
15.9        
15.9        
15.9        
390.7      $ 
390.7      $ 
390.7      $ 
390.7      $ 
15.9        
390.7      $ 

In addition, this includes increases  

  $ 

98

PFG 2021 10-K /  Andra Design Studio  /  Monday, September 20, 2021  /    9:00am 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

GEORGE L. HOLM 

 Chairman, President and CEO

MATTHEW C. FLANIGAN 
Director 

CORPORATE  
HEADQUARTERS

ANNUAL MEETING  
OF STOCKHOLDERS

PFG’s annual meeting of 
stockholders will be held on 
November 18, 2021 at 8:30 am.  
Details are included in the  
Proxy Statement.

INTERNET ACCESS  
HELPS REDUCE COSTS

Please visit us at www.pfgc.com. 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING

PFG’s common stock is traded on 
the New York Stock Exchange  
under the symbol “PFGC.”

Performance Food Group 
12500 West Creek Parkway 
Richmond, Virginia 23238 
804.484.7700

OFFICE OF  
INVESTOR RELATIONS

Bill Marshall 
12500 West Creek Parkway 
Richmond, Virginia 23238 
804.287.8108
bill.marshall@pfgc.com

TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR

Computershare Investor Services 
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Deloitte & Touche LLP 
Richmond, Virginia 

MANUEL A. FERNANDEZ

Lead Independent Director

Compensation and Human 
Resources Committee (Chair)

Nominating and Corporate  
Governance Committee Member

Technology and Cybersecurity 
Committee Member

MEREDITH ADLER 
Director 

Audit and Finance Committee 
Member

Nominating and Corporate  
Governance Committee Member

BARBARA J. BECK 
Director 

Compensation and Human  
Resources Committee Member 

Nominating and Corporate  
Governance Committee Member

WILLIAM F. DAWSON, JR. 

Director

LAURA FLANAGAN 

Director

Compensation and Human 
Resources Committee Member

Nominating and Corporate  
Governance Committee Member

Audit and Finance Committee (Chair)

Technology and Cybersecurity 
Committee Member

KIMBERLY S. GRANT 
Director

Audit and Finance Committee 
Member

Technology and Cybersecurity 
Committee Member

JEFFREY M. OVERLY 
Director

Compensation and Human  
Resources Committee Member 

Nominating and Corporate  
Governance Committee (Chair)

DAVID V. SINGER  
Director

Compensation and Human  
Resources Committee Member

Nominating and Corporate  
Governance Committee Member

RANDALL N. SPRATT 
Director

Audit and Finance Committee 
Member

Technology and Cybersecurity 
Committee (Chair)

WARREN M. THOMPSON
Director 

Audit and Finance Committee 
Member 

Technology and Cybersecurity 
Committee Member

Design: AndraDesignStudio.com + PFG Marketing    Photography: PFG Archives    Printer: dg3 | Diversified Global Graphics Group    © 2021 Performance Food Group Company

 
 
 
12500 WEST CREEK PARKWAY

RICHMOND, VA 23238

PFGC.COM

OUR FAMILY OF DISTRIBUTORS